Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / Nano Dimension Ltd.

Nano Dimension Ltd.

nndm · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker nndm
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 519
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Nano Dimension Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2019

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

Commission File No.:  001-37600

NANO DIMENSION LTD.
(Exact
name
of
registrant
as
specified
in
its
charter)

Translation
of
registrant’s
name
into
English:
Not applicable

State of Israel
(Jurisdiction
of
incorporation
or
organization)

2 Ilan Ramon
Ness Ziona
7403635 Israel
(Address
of
principal
executive
offices)

Amit Dror
Chief Executive Officer
+972-073-7509142
amit@nano-di.com
2 Ilan Ramon
Ness Ziona
7403635 Israel
(Name,
Telephone,
E-mail
and/or
Facsimile
number
and
Address
of
Company
Contact
Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title
of
each
class:
American Depository Shares each representing 5
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.10 per share(1)
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.10 per share(2)

(1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts.

Name
of
each
exchange
on
which
registered
or
to
be
registered:
Nasdaq Capital Market

(2) Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the American Depositary Shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual

report.

97,098,693 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.10 per share, as of December 31, 2018.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐    No ☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐    No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of

Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months. Yes ☒    No ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.

See definition of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” and emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒
Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected
not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  †  provided  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  of  the
Exchange Act. ☐

†The  term  “new  or revised  financial  accounting  standard”  refers  to any  update  issued  by the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board to  its  Accounting

Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

U.S. GAAP ☐

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒

Other ☐

If “Other”  has  been checked  in response  to  the previous  question,  indicate  by check  mark  which financial  statement  item the registrant has elected to

follow. ☐ Item 1    ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company. Yes ☐    No ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRODUCTION
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
A.
B.
C.
D.
ITEM 4.
A.
B.
C.
D.
ITEM 4A.
ITEM 5.
A.
B.
E.
F.
ITEM 6.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
ITEM 7.
A.
B.
C.
ITEM 8.
A.
B.

PART I

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE.
KEY INFORMATION.
Selected Financial Data.
Capitalization and Indebtedness.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds.
Risk Factors.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY.
History and Development of the Company.
Business Overview.
Organizational Structure.
Property, Plants and Equipment.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS.
Operating Results.
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES.
Directors and Senior Management.
Compensation.
Board Practices.
Employees.
Share Ownership.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.
Major Shareholders.
Related Party Transactions.
Interests of Experts and Counsel.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.
Significant Changes.

i

Page
iii
iii

1
1
1
1
3
3
3
21
21
22
32
32
33
33
33
38
40
40
41
41
44
45
55
55
57
57
58
59
59
59
60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
ITEM 10.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
A.
B.
C.
D.

THE OFFER AND LISTING.
Offer and Listing Details.
Plan of Distribution.
Markets.
Selling Shareholders.
Dilution.
Expenses of the Issue.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
Share Capital.
Memorandum and Articles of Association.
Material Contracts.
Exchange Controls.
Taxation.
Dividends and Paying Agents.
Statement by Experts.
Documents on Display.
Subsidiary Information.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.
Debt Securities.
Warrants and rights.
Other Securities.
American Depositary Shares.

PART II

ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16A.
ITEM 16B.
ITEM 16C.
ITEM 16D.
ITEM 16E.
ITEM 16F.
ITEM 16G.
ITEM 16H.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT.
CODE OF ETHICS.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.

ITEM 17.
ITEM 18.
ITEM 19.
SIGNATURES

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
EXHIBITS.

PART III

ii

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
61
61
61
65
65
66
74
74
74
75
75
76
76
76
76
76

77
77
77
78
78
7 8
79
79
7 9
79
81

82
82
82
83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRODUCTION

We  are  a  leading  additive  electronics  provider.  We  believe  our  flagship  proprietary  DragonFly  Pro  system  is  the  first  and  only  precision  system  that
produces professional multilayer circuit-boards (PCB), RF antennas, sensors, conductive geometries, and molded connected devices for rapid prototyping through
custom  additive  manufacturing.  We  have  been  actively  developing  our  additive  manufacturing  technology  since  2014,  and  since  that  time  we  have  listed  our
securities on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange and Nasdaq, and have spent approximately  $60 million to build our additive electronics  company. With our unique
additive manufacturing technology for 3D printed electronics, we are targeting the growing market for smart electronic devices that rely on printed circuit boards,
connected devices, RF components and antennas, sensors, and smart products, including IoT.

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in December 1960. Our Ordinary Shares, or Ordinary Shares, are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock
Exchange, or TASE, under the symbol “NNDM.” On March 7, 2016, our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each representing five of our Ordinary Shares,
commenced trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NNDM.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “Nano Dimension” refer to Nano Dimension Ltd. and its subsidiaries, Nano
Dimension Technologies Ltd., and Nano Dimension IP Ltd., Israeli corporations, Nano Dimension USA Inc., or Nano USA, a Delaware corporation, and Nano
Dimension (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation.

References to “U.S. dollars” and “$” are to currency of the United States of America, and references to “NIS” are to New Israeli Shekels. References to
“Ordinary Shares” are to our Ordinary Shares, par value of NIS 0.1 per share. We report financial information under International Financial Reporting Standards,
or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and none of the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information included or incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 20-F may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” within
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other securities laws. Forward-looking statements are often characterized by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” “believe,” “should,” “intend,” “project” or other similar words,
but are not the only way these statements are identified.

These forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our objectives, plans and strategies, statements that contain
projections of results of operations or of financial condition, expected capital needs and expenses, statements relating to the research, development, completion and
use of our products, and all statements  (other than statements  of historical  facts)  that address activities, events or developments that we intend, expect, project,
believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future.

iii

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-looking statements  are  not guarantees  of future  performance  and are  subject  to risks  and uncertainties.  We have based these  forward-looking
statements  on  assumptions  and  assessments  made  by  our  management  in  light  of  their  experience  and  their  perception  of  historical  trends,  current  conditions,
expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate.

Important factors that could cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking

statements include, among other things:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the overall global economic environment;

the impact of competition and new technologies;

general market, political and economic conditions in the countries in which we operate;

projected capital expenditures and liquidity;

changes in our strategy;

litigation; and

those  factors  referred  to  in  “Item  3.  Key  Information  –  D.  Risk  Factors,”  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company,”  and  “Item  5.  Operating  and
Financial Review and Prospects”, as well as in this annual report on Form 20-F generally.

Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made throughout this annual report on Form 20-F which are designed to advise

interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements in this annual report on Form 20-F are made as of
the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events
or otherwise, except as required by law.

In  addition,  the  section  of  this  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  entitled  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company”  contains  information  obtained  from

independent industry sources and other sources that we have not independently verified.

iv

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

PART I

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years set forth in the table below have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto. We derived the selected data under the captions “Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data” for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and “Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data” as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 from the audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We derived the selected data under the captions “Consolidated Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and “Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data” as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014 from audited financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected financial data should be
read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and are qualified entirely by reference to such consolidated financial statements. Other financial and
operating  data  contains  unaudited  information  that  is  not  derived  from  our  financial  statements.  Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  changed  our  functional  and
presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars. The change in functional currency is accounted for prospectively from that date.

(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars
except
per
share
data)

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other

2014(*)

2015(*)(**)

Year Ended December 31,
2016(*)(**)

2017(*)(**)

2018

Comprehensive Income Data:

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Cost of revenues- amortization of intangible
Gross profit (loss)
Research and development expenses, net
General and administrative expenses
Sales and marketing expenses
Operating loss
Listing expenses
Finance expenses (income), net
Total Comprehensive loss

Basic and diluted loss per Ordinary Share (in USD)
Weighted average of number of Ordinary Shares used in the

-     
-     
-     
-     
933     
381     
-     
1,314     
2,616     
33     
3,963     

-     
-     
-     
-     
2,855     
2,413     
493     
5,761     
-     
(356)    
5,405     

46     
19     
174     
(147)    
4,043     
3,818     
1,006     
9,014     
-     
(38)    
8,976     

829     
409     
743     
(323)    
10,819     
3,363     
2,183     
16,688     
-     
815     
17,503     

5,100 
3,594 
772 
734 
8,623 
3,002 
4,259 
15,150 
- 
338 
15,488 

0.31     

0.20     

0.22     

0.31     

0.17 

calculation of the basic and diluted loss per Ordinary Share

12,754     

26,819     

40,760     

56,540     

91,799 

(*) Presented according to the change in our functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. The change in functional
currency  is  accounted  for  prospectively  from  that  date.  Accordingly,  comparative  profit  or  loss  figures  have  been  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  average
exchange rates for the reporting periods.

(**)  Reclassified  -  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  we  decided  to  present  our  sales  and  marketing  expenses  separate  from  other  operating  expenses.  Thus,  for
comparison we have reclassified the expenses in the previous years.

  1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars
except
per
share
data)

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
Cash
Total assets
Total non-current liabilities
Accumulated loss
Total equity
Number of shares outstanding

2014(*)

2015(*)

As of December 31,
2016(*)

2017(*)

2018

207     
622     
95     
4,240     
222     
19,070,931     

8,665     
13,208     
254     
9,644     
12,405     
34,321,056     

12,379     
22,226     
955     
18,619     
19,303     
50,142,804     

6,103     
21,496     
1,135     
36,122     
18,166     
62,511,208     

3,753 
20,303 
1,139 
51,610 
15,572 
97,098,693 

(*) Presented according to the change in our functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. The change in functional
currency  is  accounted  for  prospectively  from  that  date.  Accordingly,  comparative  profit  or  loss  figures  have  been  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  average
exchange rates for the reporting periods.

Other financial and operating data:

(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars)

EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended
December 31,  
2018

(12,669)
(12,267)

EBITDA is  a  non-IFRS  measure  and  is  defined  as  earnings  before  financial  expense  (income),  income  tax,  depreciation  and  amortization,  disposal of
property plant and equipment, and other income (expenses), net. We believe that EBITDA, as described above, should be considered in evaluating the company’s
operations. EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by
variations in capital structures (affecting financial expenses (income), net), and the age and depreciation charges and amortization of fixed and intangible assets,
respectively (affecting relative depreciation and amortization expense, respectively) and EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance
because they are widely used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to one-
time costs associated with non-recurring events and without regard to non-cash items.

Adjusted EBITDA  is  a  non-IFRS  measure  and  is  defined  as  earnings  before  financial  expense  (income),  income  tax,  depreciation  and  amortization,
disposal of property plant and equipment, other income (expenses), net and share based payments. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, as described above, should
be considered in evaluating the company’s operations. Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to
company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting financial expenses (income), net), and the age and depreciation
charges and amortization of fixed and intangible assets, respectively (affecting relative depreciation and amortization expense, respectively) and Adjusted EBITDA
is  useful  to  an  investor  in  evaluating  our  operating  performance  because  they  are  widely  used  by  investors,  securities  analysts  and  other  interested  parties  to
measure a company’s operating performance without regard to non-cash items, such as expenses related to share based payments.

The following is a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA:

(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars)

Net loss
Financing expense, net
Depreciation, amortization and disposal of property plant and equipment
EBITDA
Share based payments
Adjusted EBITDA

  2

Year Ended
December 31,  
2018

(15,488)
338 
2,481 
(12,669)
402 
(12,267)

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this annual report on Form 20-F. The risks described
below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially
and adversely affect our business operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business and financial condition could suffer and the price of our ADSs could
decline.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We are a development-stage company and have a limited operating history on which to assess the prospects for our business, have incurred significant
losses since the date of inception of Nano Dimension Technologies Ltd., and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses until we are able to
successfully commercialize our products.

From March 7, 2014, until August 25, 2014, we were a “shell corporation” and did not have any business activity, excluding administrative management.
On August 25, 2014, we closed a merger transaction, or the Merger, with Nano Dimension Technologies Ltd., or the Subsidiary, whereby we acquired 100% of the
share capital of the Subsidiary. Since the date of the Merger, we have been operating as a development-stage company and have a limited operating history on
which to assess the prospects for our business, have incurred significant losses, and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable
future.

Since the date of inception of the Subsidiary, and as of December 31, 2018, we have incurred net losses of approximately $52 million.

  3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Since the date of the Merger, we have devoted substantially all of our financial resources to develop our products. To date, we have generated limited
revenues  from  the  sale  and  lease  of  our  products.  Since  the  Merger,  we  have  financed  our  operations  primarily  through  the  issuance  of  equity  securities.  The
amount of our future net losses and our ability to finance our operations will depend, in part, on completing the development of our products, the rate of our future
expenditures, our ability to generate significant revenues from the sales of our products and our ability to obtain funding through the issuance of our securities,
strategic collaborations or grants. We expect to continue to incur significant losses until we are able to generate significant revenues from the sales of our products.
We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

●

●

●

●

●

●

continue the development of our products;

establish a sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure to successfully commercialize our products;

seek to identify, assess, acquire, license, and/or develop other products and subsequent generations of our current products;

seek to maintain, protect, and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

seek to attract and retain skilled personnel; and

create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company and our product development and planned future commercialization
efforts.

We have generated limited revenues from the sale of our current products and may never be profitable.

We have begun commercializing our products in the fourth quarter of 2017 and have generated limited revenues since the date of the Merger. Our ability
to generate significant revenues and achieve profitability depends on our ability to successfully complete the development of, and to commercialize, our products.
Our ability to generate future revenue from product sales depends heavily on our success in many areas, including but not limited to:

●

●

●

●

●

●

completing development of our products;

establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide adequate (in amount and quality) products to
support market demand for our products;

launching and commercializing products, either directly or with a collaborator or distributor;

addressing any competing technological and market developments;

identifying, assessing, acquiring and/or developing new products;

negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter;

● maintaining, protecting and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets and know-how; and

●

attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

  4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect that we will need to raise substantial additional funding before we can expect to become profitable from sales of our products. This additional
financing  may  not  be  available  on  acceptable  terms,  or  at  all.  Failure  to  obtain  this  necessary  capital  when  needed  may  force  us  to  delay,  limit  or
terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

We expect that we will require additional capital to successfully commercialize our products. In addition, our operating plans may change as a result of
many factors that may currently be unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. Our future funding requirements will depend on
many factors, including but not limited to:

●

●

●

●

the scope, rate of progress, results and cost of product development, and other related activities;

the cost of manufacturing  and establishing commercial supplies, of our products;

the cost and timing of establishing sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities; and

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing, and other arrangements that we may establish.

Any additional fundraising efforts  may divert our management  from their day-to-day activities,  which may adversely affect  our ability  to develop and
successfully commercialize our products. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us,
if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders and the issuance of additional securities, whether
equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs to decline. The incurrence of indebtedness
could result in increased fixed payment obligations, and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur
additional  debt,  limitations  on  our  ability  to  acquire,  sell  or  license  intellectual  property  rights  and  other  operating  restrictions  that could adversely  impact  our
ability  to conduct our business. We could also be required  to seek funds through arrangements  with collaborative  partners  or otherwise at an earlier  stage than
otherwise would be desirable, and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or products or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us,
any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects. Even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current
or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations.

If we are unable  to obtain  funding on a timely  basis, we may be required  to significantly  curtail,  delay  or discontinue  one or more  of our research  or
development programs or the commercialization of any products or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as
desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Raising additional capital would cause dilution to our existing shareholders, and may affect the rights of existing shareholders.

We  may  seek  additional  capital  through  a  combination  of  private  and  public  equity  offerings,  debt  financings  and  collaborations  and  strategic  and
licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be
diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of our ADSs.

  5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our future success depends in part on our ability to retain our executive officers and to attract, retain and motivate other qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on Amit Dror, our Chief Executive Officer, and Jaim Nulman, our Chief Technology Officer. The loss of their services without
a proper  replacement  may  adversely  impact  the  achievement  of  our  objectives.  Messrs.  Dror  and  Nulman  may  leave  our  employment  at  any  time  subject  to
contractual notice periods, as applicable. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees, consultants, and advisors for our business, including scientific and
technical personnel, will also be critical to our success. There is currently a shortage of skilled personnel in our industry, which is likely to continue. As a result,
competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the
competition in the industry in which we operate. The inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, or the loss of the services of our executive officers, without
proper replacement, may impede the progress of our development and commercialization objectives. There is no assurance that any equity or other incentives that
we  grant  to  our  employees  will  be  adequate  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  employees  in  the  future.  Moreover,  certain  of  our  competitors  or  other  technology
businesses may seek to hire our employees. 

We  depend  entirely  on  the  commercial  success  of  our  DragonFly  Pro  system  and  ink  products,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  scale  up  their
commercialization.

We have invested the majority of our efforts and financial resources in the research and development of our products. As a result, our business is entirely
dependent on our ability to successfully commercialize our DragonFly Pro system and ink products. In the fourth quarter of 2017 we initiated commercial sales of
our DragonFly Pro system. We cannot assure you that our commercialization efforts will lead to meaningful sales of our products.

We may not be able  to introduce  products  acceptable to customers and we may not be able to improve the technology used in our current systems in
response to changing technology and end-user needs.

The markets in which we operate are subject to rapid and substantial innovation and technological change, mainly driven by technological advances and
end-user requirements and preferences, as well as the emergence of new standards and practices. Our ability to compete in the 3D printing and PCB markets will
depend,  in  large  part,  on  our  future  success  in  enhancing  our  existing  products  and  developing  new  3D  printing  systems  that  will  address  the  increasingly
sophisticated and varied needs of prospective end-users, and respond to technological advances and industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely
basis or otherwise gain market acceptance.

It is likely that new systems and technologies that we develop will eventually supplant our existing systems or that our competitors will create systems

that will replace our systems. As a result, any of our products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by our or others’ technological advances.

  6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to successfully manage our planned growth and expansion.

We expect to continue to make investments in our DragonFly Pro system and our related ink products. We expect that our annual operating expenses will
continue to increase as we invest in sales and marketing, research and development, manufacturing and production infrastructure, and develop customer service
and support resources for future customers. Our failure to expand operational and financial systems timely or efficiently could result in operating inefficiencies,
which could increase our costs and expenses more than we had planned and prevent us from successfully executing our business plan. We may not be able to offset
the costs of operation expansion by leveraging the economies of scale from our growth in negotiations with our suppliers and contract manufacturers. Additionally,
if we increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our financial results will be
negatively impacted.

If our business grows, we will have to manage additional product design projects, materials procurement processes, and sales efforts and marketing for an
increasing number of products, as well as expand the number and scope of our relationships with suppliers, distributors and end customers. If we fail to manage
these additional responsibilities and relationships successfully, we may incur significant costs, which may negatively impact our operating results. Additionally, in
our efforts to be first to market with new products with innovative functionality and features, we may devote significant research and development resources to
products and product features for which a market does not develop quickly, or at all. If we are not able to predict market trends accurately, we may not benefit from
such research and development activities, and our results of operations may suffer.

As our future development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing,
financial and legal  personnel.  Our management  may need to divert a disproportionate  amount of its attention  away from our day-to-day  activities and devote a
substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in
weaknesses  in  our  infrastructure,  operational  mistakes,  loss  of  business  opportunities,  failure  to  deliver  and  timely  deliver  our  products  to  customers,  loss  of
employees  and  reduced  productivity  among  remaining  employees.  Our  expected  growth  could  require  significant  capital  expenditures  and  may  divert  financial
resources from other projects, such as the development of additional new products. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses
may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenue could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. 

Our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate.

Even if we are successful in  introducing  our  products  to  the  market,  the  operating  results  and  financial  condition  of  our  company  may  fluctuate  from
quarter to quarter and year to year and are likely to continue to vary due to a number of factors, many of which will not be within our control. If our operating
results do not meet the guidance that we provide to the market place or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our Ordinary Shares
will likely decline. Fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition may be due to a number of factors, including those listed below and those identified
throughout this “Risk Factors” section:

●

●

●

●

●

the degree of market acceptance of our products and services;

the mix of products and services that we sell during any period;

long sales cycles;

changes in the amount that that we spend to develop, acquire or license new products, consumables, technologies or businesses;

changes in the amounts that we spend to promote our products and services;

  7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

changes in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and servicing our installed base of systems;

delays between our expenditures to develop and market new or enhanced systems and consumables and the generation of sales from those products;

development of new competitive products and services by others;

difficulty in predicting sales patterns and reorder rates that may result from a multi-tier distribution strategy associated with new product categories;

litigation or threats of litigation, including intellectual property claims by third parties;

changes in accounting rules and tax laws;

the geographic distribution of our sales;

our responses to price competition;

general economic and industry conditions that affect end-user demand and end-user levels of product design and manufacturing;

changes in interest rates that affect returns on our cash balances and short-term investments;

changes in dollar-shekel exchange rates that affect the value of our net assets, future revenues and expenditures from and/or relating to our activities
carried out in those currencies; and

●

the level of research and development activities by our company.

Due to all of the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in this annual report on Form 20-F, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons

of our operating results as an indicator of our future performance.

The  markets  in  which  we  participate  are  competitive.  Our  failure  to  compete  successfully  could  cause  any  future  revenues  and  the  demand  for  our
products not to materialize or to decline over time.

We aim to compete for customers with a wide variety of manufacturers that create PCBs and RF Antennas. Our principal current competition consists of
companies that produce prototype PCBs by traditional reductive manufacturing means, which include etching, pressing and drilling. Many of these companies have
extensive track records and relationships within the electronics industry. While we are not aware of any other company that currently offers an in-house 3D printer
that is capable of printing multilayer PCBs, there are a large number of companies engaged in additive manufacturing and 3D printing solutions.

Many of our current  and  potential  competitors  have  longer  operating  histories  and  more  extensive  name  recognition  than  we  have  and  may  also  have
greater financial, marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources than we have. Current and future competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
new or emerging technologies and changes in end-user demands and to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we
can. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products obsolete, unmarketable or less
competitive  (whether  from  a  price  perspective  or  otherwise).  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  a  competitive  position  or  to  compete
successfully against current and future sources of competition.

  8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Defects in products could give rise to product returns or product liability, warranty or other claims that could result in material expenses, diversion of
management time and attention, and damage to our reputation.

Even if we are successful in introducing our products to the market, our products may contain undetected defects or errors that, despite testing, are not
discovered  until  after  a  product  has  been  used.  This  could  result  in  delayed  market  acceptance  of  those  products,  claims  from  distributors,  end-users or others,
increased end-user service and support costs and warranty claims, damage to our reputation and business, or significant costs to correct the defect or error. We may
from time to time become subject to warranty or product liability claims that could lead to significant expenses as we need to compensate affected end-users for
costs incurred related to product quality issues.

This risk of product liability claims may also be greater due to the use of certain hazardous chemicals used in the manufacture of certain of our products.

In addition, we may be subject to claims that our 3D printers have been, or may be, used to create parts that are not in compliance with legal requirements.

Any claim brought against us, regardless of its merit, could result in material expense, diversion of management time and attention, and damage to our
reputation, and could cause us to fail to retain or attract customers. Currently, we maintain minimal product liability insurance. Our product liability insurance is
subject to significant deductibles and there is no guarantee that such insurance will be available or adequate to protect against all such claims. Costs or payments
made in connection with warranty and product liability claims and product recalls  or other claims  could materially  affect  our financial  condition and results of
operations.

If our relationships with suppliers for our products and services, especially with single source suppliers of components of our products, were to terminate
or our manufacturing arrangements were to be disrupted, our business could be interrupted.

We purchase component parts and raw materials that are used in our DragonFly Pro system and ink products from third-party suppliers, some of whom
may compete with us. While there are several potential suppliers of most of these component parts and raw materials that we use, we currently choose to use only
one or a limited number of suppliers for several of these components and materials. Our reliance on a single or limited number of vendors involves a number of
risks, including:

●

●

●

●

●

potential shortages of some key components;

product performance shortfalls, if traceable to particular product components, since the supplier of the faulty component cannot readily be replaced;

discontinuation of a product on which we rely;

potential insolvency of these vendors; and

reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing capabilities, quality and costs.

In addition, we require  any  new  supplier  to  become  “qualified”  pursuant  to  our  internal  procedures.  The  qualification  process  involves  evaluations  of
varying durations, which may cause production delays if we were required to qualify a new supplier unexpectedly. We generally assemble our systems and parts
based on our internal forecasts and the availability of raw materials, assemblies, components and finished goods that are supplied to us by third parties, which are
subject  to  various  lead  times.  If  certain  suppliers  were  to  decide  to  discontinue  production  of  an  assembly,  component  or  raw  material  that  we  use,  the
unanticipated change in the availability of supplies,  or unanticipated  supply limitations,  could  cause  delays  in, or  loss of, sales,  increased  production  or related
costs and  consequently  reduced  margins,  and  damage  to  our  reputation.  If  we  were  unable  to  find  a  suitable  supplier  for  a  particular  component,  material  or
compound, we could be required to modify our existing products or the end-parts that we offer to accommodate substitute components, material or compounds.

  9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinuation of operations at our manufacturing sites could prevent us from timely filling customer orders and could lead to unforeseen costs for us.

We  plan  to  assemble  and  test  the  systems  that  we  sell,  and  produce  consumables  for  our  systems,  at  single  facilities  in  various  locations  that  are
specifically dedicated to separate categories of systems and consumables. Because of our reliance on all of these production facilities, a disruption at any of those
facilities could materially damage our ability to supply 3D printers, other systems or consumable materials to the marketplace in a timely manner. Depending on
the  cause  of  the  disruption,  we  could  also  incur  significant  costs  to  remedy  the  disruption  and  resume  product  shipments.  Such  disruptions  may  be  caused  by,
among other factors, earthquakes, fire, flood and other natural disasters. Accordingly, any such disruption could result in a material adverse effect on our revenue,
results of operations and earnings, and could also potentially damage our reputation.

Our planned international operations will expose us to additional market and operational risks, and failure to manage these risks may adversely affect
our business and operating results.

We expect to derive a substantial percentage of our sales from international markets. Accordingly, we will face significant operational risks from doing

business internationally, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

potentially longer sales and payment cycles;

potentially greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

potentially adverse tax consequences;

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in certain countries, particularly in Asia and South America;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

laws and business practices favoring local competition;

costs and difficulties of customizing products for foreign countries;

compliance with a wide variety of complex foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

tariffs, trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets; and

being subject to the laws, regulations and the court systems of many jurisdictions.

Our  failure  to  manage  the  market  and  operational  risks  associated  with  our  international  operations  effectively  could  limit  the  future  growth  of  our

business and adversely affect our operating results.

Significant disruptions of our information technology systems or breaches of our data security could adversely affect our business.

A significant invasion, interruption, destruction or breakdown of our information technology systems and/or infrastructure by persons with authorized or
unauthorized  access could negatively  impact  our business and operations.  We could also experience  business interruption,  information theft and/or reputational
damage from cyber-attacks, which may compromise our systems and lead to data leakage either internally or at our third party providers. Our systems have been,
and are expected to continue to be, the target of malware and other cyber-attacks. Although we have invested in measures to reduce these risks, we cannot assure
you that these measures will be successful in preventing compromise and/or disruption of our information technology systems and related data.

  10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors
from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees from competing directly with us or
working for our competitors or clients for a limited period after they cease working for us. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the
jurisdictions in which our employees work and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefiting from the expertise that our former employees or
consultants  developed  while  working  for  us.  For  example,  Israeli  courts  have  required  employers  seeking  to  enforce  non-compete  undertakings  of  a  former
employee to demonstrate that the competitive activities of the former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer that have
been recognized by the courts, such as the secrecy of a company’s confidential commercial information or the protection of its intellectual property. If we cannot
demonstrate  that  such  interests  will  be  harmed,  we  may  be  unable  to  prevent  our  competitors  from  benefiting  from  the  expertise  of  our  former  employees  or
consultants and our ability to remain competitive may be diminished.

We are subject to environmental laws due to the import and export of our products, which could subject us to compliance costs and/or potential liability
in the event of non-compliance.

The export of our products internationally  from  our  production  facilities  subjects  us  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations  concerning  the  import  and
export of  chemicals  and  hazardous  substances  such  as  the  U.S.  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act,  or  TSCA,  and  the  Registration,  Evaluation,  Authorization and
Restriction of Chemical Substances, or REACH. These laws and regulations require the testing and registration of some chemicals that we ship along with, or that
form a part of, our systems and other products. If we fail to comply with these or similar laws and regulations, we may be required to make significant expenditures
to reformulate the chemicals that we use in our products and materials or incur costs to register such chemicals to gain and/or regain compliance. Additionally, we
could be subject to significant fines or other civil and criminal penalties should we not achieve such compliance.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are  unable  to obtain  and maintain  effective  patent  rights  for  our  products, we may  not be able  to  compete  effectively  in  our markets.  If  we are
unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us.

Since October 2014, we have sought patent protection for certain of our products, systems, designs and applications. Our success depends in large part on
our ability to obtain, maintain, monitor and enforce patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and in other countries with respect to our
proprietary technology and new products.

We have sought to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and in other countries where our major production
and sales takes place, with respect to our novel technologies and products, which are important to our business. Patent prosecution is uncertain, expensive and time
consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible
that we will fail to identify Patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection.

We have a growing portfolio of twenty six (26) provisional and non-provisional pending patent applications, with a robust pipeline. These are filed with
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the World Intellectual Property Organization, or WIPO, and various patent offices around the world, such as
China, Japan, Europe, and South Korea. The Patent applications were filed through the Paris Convention Treaty, or PCT, and four for which we have issued U.S.
patents, with three more applications that were indicated as allowed but have not issued yet. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, pending patent
applications will issue, the scope of protection of any such patent or whether any issued patents will be found invalid and/or unenforceable or will be threatened by
third parties. Any successful opposition to these patents or any other patents owned by or licensed to us after patent issuance could deprive us of rights necessary
for the successful commercialization of any new products that we may develop.

  11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have three patents and their continuations and foreign counterparts licensed exclusively from the Hebrew University covering some of our underlying
core technology. To the extent the licensed patents are found to be invalid or unenforceable, we may be limited in our ability to compete and market our products.
The  terms  of  our  license  with  Hebrew  University  leave  full  control  of  any  and  all  enforcement  of  the  licensed  patents  with  Hebrew  University.  If  Hebrew
University elects to not enforce any or all of the licensed patents it could significantly undercut the value of any of our products, which would materially adversely
affect our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, fluctuating currency rates may create inconsistencies in the royalty payments we
have under the license.

Further,  there  is no assurance  that all potentially  relevant  prior art relating  to our patent applications  has been found, which can invalidate  a patent or
prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents do successfully issue, and even if such patents cover our products, third parties
may challenge their validity, enforceability, or scope, which may result in such patents being narrowed, found unenforceable or invalidated. Furthermore, even if
they  are  unchallenged,  our  patent  applications  and  any  future  patents  may  not  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property,  provide  exclusivity  for  our  new
products, or prevent others from designing around our claims. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may
have an adverse impact on our business.

If  we cannot  obtain  and  maintain  effective  patent  rights  for  our  products,  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete  effectively,  and  our  business  and  results  of

operations would potentially be harmed.

If we are unable to maintain effective proprietary rights for our products, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

In addition to the protection afforded by any patents currently owned and that may be granted, historically, we have relied on trade secret protection and
confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes and helpful devices (jigs) that are not
easily  known,  knowable  or  easily  ascertainable,  and  for  which  patent  infringement  is  difficult  to  monitor  and  enforce  and  any  other  elements  of  our  product
development  processes, that involve proprietary  know-how, as well as information  or technology  that  is not covered  by patents.  However,  trade  secrets  can be
difficult  to  protect.  We  seek  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology  and  processes,  in  part,  by  entering  into  confidentiality  agreements  with  our  employees,
consultants, scientific advisors, and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and intellectual property by
maintaining  physical  security  of  our  premises  and  physical  and  electronic  security  of  our  information  technology  systems,  as  well  as  implementing  various
operating  procedures  designed  to  maintain  that  integrity.  Agreements  or  security  measures  may  be  breached,  and  we  may  not  have  adequate  remedies  for  any
breach. In addition, our trade secrets and intellectual property may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors.

We  cannot  provide  any  assurances  that  our  trade  secrets  and  other  confidential  proprietary  information  will  not  be  disclosed  in  violation  of  our
confidentiality agreements or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and
techniques. Also, misappropriation or unauthorized and unavoidable disclosure of our trade secrets and intellectual property could impair our competitive position
and  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  Additionally,  if  the  steps  taken  to  maintain  our  trade  secrets  and  intellectual  property  are  deemed
inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating any trade secret.

Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to successfully commercialize our products, and we might be required to
litigate  or  obtain  licenses  from  third  parties  in  order  to  develop  or  market  our  product  candidates.  Such  litigation  or  licenses  could  be  costly  or not
available on commercially reasonable terms.

It is inherently difficult to conclusively assess our freedom to operate without infringing on third party rights. Our competitive position may be adversely
affected if existing patents or patents resulting from Patent applications issued to third parties or other third party intellectual property rights are held to cover our
products  or  elements  thereof,  or  our  manufacturing  or  uses  relevant  to  our  development  plans.  In  such  cases,  we  may  not  be  in  a  position  to  develop  or
commercialize  products  or  our  product  candidates  unless  we  successfully  pursue  litigation  to  nullify  or  invalidate  the  third  party  intellectual  property  right
concerned, or enter into a license agreement with the intellectual property right holder, if available on commercially reasonable terms. There may also be pending
patent applications that if they result in issued patents, could be alleged to be infringed by our new products. If such an infringement claim should be brought and
be successful, we may be required to pay substantial damages, be forced to abandon our new products or seek a license from any patent holders. No assurances can
be given that a license will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

  12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is also possible that we have failed to identify relevant third party patents or applications. For example, U.S. patent applications filed before November
29,  2000  and  certain  U.S.  patent  applications  filed  after  that  date  that  will  not  be  filed  outside  the  United  States  remain  confidential  until patents issue. Patent
applications  in the United States and elsewhere  are published approximately  18 months after  the earliest  filing  for which priority  is claimed,  with such earliest
filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Therefore, patent applications covering our new products or platform technology could have been filed
by others without our knowledge. Additionally, pending patent applications which have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a
manner  that  could  cover  our  platform  technologies,  our  new  products  or  the  use  of  our  new  products.  Third  party  intellectual  property  right  holders  may  also
actively bring infringement claims against us. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we
are unable to successfully settle future claims on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to engage in or continue costly, unpredictable and time-consuming
litigation and may be prevented from or experience substantial delays in pursuing the development of and/or marketing our new products. If we fail in any such
dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, we may be temporarily or permanently prohibited from commercializing our new products that are held to be
infringing. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign our new products so that we no longer infringe the third party intellectual property rights. Any of these
events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote
to our business.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign
issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing new products. As our industries
expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our products may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications
with claims to materials, designs or methods of manufacture related to the use or manufacture of our products. There may be currently pending patent applications
that  may  later  result  in  issued  patents  that  our  products  may  infringe.  In  addition,  third  parties  may  obtain  patents  in  the  future  and  claim  that  use  of  our
technologies infringes upon these patents. 

If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for designs, or methods of use, the
holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtain a license or until such
patent expires or is finally determined to be invalid or unenforceable. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Parties  making  claims  against  us  may  obtain  injunctive  or  other  equitable  relief,  which  could  effectively  block  our  ability  to  further  develop  and
commercialize  one  or  more  of  our  products.  Defense  of  these  claims,  regardless  of  their  merit,  would  involve  substantial  litigation  expense  and  would  be  a
substantial  diversion  of  employee  resources  from  our  business.  In  the  event  of  a  successful  claim  of  infringement  against  us,  we  may  have  to  pay  substantial
damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from
third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

  13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patent policy and rule changes could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or
defense of any issued patents.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of any patents that
may issue from our patent applications, or narrow the scope of our patent protection. The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as
the laws of the United States. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United
States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. We therefore cannot be certain that we were the
first to file the invention claimed in our owned and licensed patent or pending applications, or that we or our licensor were the first to file for patent protection of
such inventions. Assuming all other requirements for patentability are met, in the United States prior to March 15, 2013, the first to make the claimed invention
without undue delay in filing, is entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application is entitled to the patent. After March 15,
2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, enacted on September 16, 2011, the United States has moved to a first to file system.
The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation.
In general, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the
enforcement or defense of any issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming, and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property. If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our
new products, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United
States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet
any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation
that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Under
the Leahy-Smith Act, the validity of U.S. patents may also be challenged in post-grant proceedings before the USPTO. The outcome following legal assertions of
invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

Derivation proceedings initiated by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions and/or their scope with respect
to our patent or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license
rights  to  it  from  the  prevailing  party.  Our  business  could  be  harmed  if  the  prevailing  party  does  not  offer  us  a  license  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  Our
defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.
In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials,
continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our new products
to market. 

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our
confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings,
motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive  these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse
effect on the price of our Ordinary Shares.

  14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have been subject, and may in the future be subject to further claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully or
unavoidably used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of
their former employers.

In the past, we have been subject to litigation disputes involving the ownership of our intellectual property. In 2015 a claim was filed in the District Court
in Tel-Aviv Jaffa alleging that certain of our officers and employees misappropriated commercial secrets and technology while employed at a previous employer.
While  this  claim  was  settled  without  material  effects  to  our  business,  we  continue  to  employ  individuals  who were  previously  employed  at our competitors  or
potential competitors. We try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others
in  their  work  for  us,  but  we  may  nevertheless  be  subject  to  claims  that  we  or  our  employees,  consultants,  or  independent  contractors  have  inadvertently  or
otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’ former employers or other third
parties. Litigation may result and be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we
may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims,
litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in, or right to compensation, with respect to our
current patent and patent applications, future patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes
arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and
other claims challenging inventorship or claiming the right to compensation. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we
may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material
adverse  effect  on  our  business.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in  defending  against  such  claims,  litigation  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  be  a  distraction  to
management and other employees.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing,  prosecuting,  and  defending  patents  on  products,  as  well  as  monitoring  their  infringement  in  all  countries  throughout  the  world  would  be
prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some
foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. 

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export
otherwise infringing products to territories  where  we have  patent  protection,  but  enforcement  is  not  as  strong  as  that  in  the  United  States.  These  products  may
compete with our products. Future patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

  15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems
of  certain  countries,  particularly  certain  developing  countries,  do  not  favor  the  enforcement  of  patents,  trade  secrets,  and  other  intellectual property protection,
which could make it difficult for us to stop the marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent
rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business,
could put our future patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to
assert  claims  against  us.  We  may  not  prevail  in  any  lawsuits  that  we  initiate  and  the  damages  or  other  remedies  awarded,  if  any,  may  not  be  commercially
meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to monitor and enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial
advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our ADSs or Ordinary Shares

Sales of a substantial number of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares in the public market by our existing shareholders could cause our share price to fall.

Sales of a substantial  number  of  our  ADSs  or  Ordinary  Shares  in  the  public  market,  or  the  perception  that  these  sales  might  occur,  could  depress  the
market price of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict
the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares.

Our principal shareholders, officers and directors beneficially own over 20% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. They will therefore be able to exert
significant control over matters submitted to our shareholders for approval. 

As of March 13, 2019, our principal shareholders, officers and directors beneficially own approximately 20.8% of our Ordinary Shares. This significant
concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our Ordinary Shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares
in companies with controlling shareholders. As a result, these shareholders, if they acted together, could significantly influence or even unilaterally approve matters
requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of
these shareholders may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other shareholders.

The JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to
reduce  the  amount  of  information  we  provide  in  our  reports  filed  with  the  SEC,  which  could  undermine  investor  confidence  in  our  company  and
adversely affect the market price of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we intend to

take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including:

●

●

the  provisions  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requiring  that  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  provide  an  attestation  report  on  the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This
means that an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to
private companies. We may elect to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards. As a result of this adoption, our financial statements
may not be comparable to companies that comply with the public company effective date; and

●

any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the
auditor’s report on the financial statements.

  16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an emerging growth company
until  the earlier  of (1) the last day of the fiscal  year (a)  following  the fifth  anniversary  of the date of our first sale  of common  equity securities  pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to
be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2)
the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We cannot predict if investors will find our ADSs or Ordinary Shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our
ADSs or Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ADSs or Ordinary Shares, and our market prices may be more
volatile and may decline.

As a “foreign private issuer” we are permitted, and intend, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable
SEC and Nasdaq requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

Our status as a foreign private issuer also exempts us from compliance with certain SEC laws and regulations and certain regulations of the Nasdaq Stock
Market,  including  the  proxy  rules,  the  short-swing  profits  recapture  rules,  and  certain  governance  requirements  such  as  independent  director  oversight  of  the
nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, to
file  current  reports  and  financial  statements  with  the  SEC  as  frequently  or  as  promptly  as  U.S.  domestic  companies  whose  securities  are  registered  under  the
Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. Also, although a recent amendment to the Israeli Companies Law, or the
Companies Law, will require us to disclose the annual compensation of our five most highly compensated senior officers on an individual basis (rather than on an
aggregate basis, as was permitted under the Companies Law for Israeli public companies listed overseas, such as in the United States, prior to such amendment),
this disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of a U.S. domestic issuer. For example, it currently appears as if the disclosure required under Israeli law
would be limited to compensation paid in the immediately preceding year without any requirement to disclose option exercises and vested stock options, pension
benefits or potential payments upon termination  or a change of control. Furthermore,  as a foreign private issuer, we are also not subject to the requirements  of
Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

These exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor. 

We may be a “passive foreign investment company”, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the current taxable year or may become one in any
subsequent taxable year. There generally would be negative tax consequences for U.S. taxpayers that are holders of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares if we
are or were to become a PFIC.

Based on the projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for 2018, and we do not expect to become a
PFIC in the future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and will depend on
the composition of our income and assets from time to time. We will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which either
(1)  at  least  75%  of  our  gross  income  is  “passive  income”  or  (2)  on  average  at  least  50%  of  our  assets  by  value  produce  passive  income  or  are  held  for  the
production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, certain dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from
commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. Passive income also includes amounts derived
by  reason  of  the  temporary  investment  of  funds,  including  those  raised  in  a  public  offering.  In  determining  whether  a  non-U.S.  corporation  is  a  PFIC,  a
proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.
The tests for determining PFIC status are applied annually, and it is difficult to make accurate projections of future income and assets which are relevant to this
determination. In addition, our PFIC status may depend in part on the market value of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that
we currently  are  not or will not become  a PFIC in the  future.  If we are  a PFIC in any taxable  year  during which a U.S. taxpayer  holds our ADSs or Ordinary
Shares, such U.S. taxpayer would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax rules. In particular, if the U.S. taxpayer did not make an election to treat us
as a “qualified electing fund,” or QEF, or make a “mark-to-market” election, then “excess distributions” to the U.S. taxpayer, and any gain realized on the sale or
other disposition of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares by the U.S. taxpayer: (1) would be allocated ratably over the U.S. taxpayer’s holding period for the ADSs or
Ordinary Shares; (2) the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any period prior to the first day of the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC would
be taxed as ordinary income; and (3) the amount allocated  to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect  for the
applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to
each such other taxable year. In addition, if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, determines that we are a PFIC for a year with respect to which we have
determined that we were not a PFIC, it may be too late for a U.S. taxpayer to make a timely QEF or mark-to-market election. U.S. taxpayers that have held our
ADSs or Ordinary Shares during a period when we were a PFIC will be subject to the foregoing rules, even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years, subject to
exceptions for U.S. taxpayer who made a timely QEF or mark-to-market election. A U.S. taxpayer can make a QEF election by completing the relevant portions of
and filing  IRS Form 8621 in accordance  with the  instructions  thereto.  We do not intend  to notify  U.S.  taxpayers that hold our ADSs or Ordinary Shares if we
believe we will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in order to enable U.S. taxpayers to consider whether to make a QEF election. In addition, we do not
intend to furnish such U.S. taxpayers annually with information needed in order to complete IRS Form 8621 and to make and maintain a valid QEF election for
any year in which we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC. U.S. taxpayers that hold our ADSs or Ordinary Shares are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors
about the PFIC rules, including tax return filing requirements and the eligibility, manner, and consequences to them of making a QEF or mark-to-market election
with respect to our ADSs or Ordinary Shares in the event that we are a PFIC. See “Item 10.E. Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive
Foreign Investment Companies” for additional information.

  17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be
the target of this type of litigation  in the future. Litigation  of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion  of management’s  attention  and resources,
which could seriously hurt our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they adversely change
their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our shares, our share price and trading volume could decline .

The trading market for our ADSs or Ordinary Shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about
us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or
provide  favorable  coverage.  If  any  of  the  analysts  who  may  cover  us  adversely  change  their  recommendation  regarding  our  shares,  or  provide  more  favorable
relative recommendations about our competitors, our share price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or
fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. 

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could augur less favorable results to
the plaintiff(s) in any such action. 

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares provides that holders and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the
right to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, against
us or the depositary to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless
proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has
not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New
York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a court of the State of New York or a federal court, which have non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under
the  deposit  agreement,  applying  such  law.  In  determining  whether  to  enforce  a  jury  trial  waiver  provision,  New  York  courts  and  federal  courts  will  consider
whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right to trial by
jury.  We  believe  that  this  is  the  case  with  respect  to  the  deposit  agreement  and  the  ADSs.  In  addition,  New  York  courts  will  not  enforce  a  jury  trial  waiver
provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor’s negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon
a guarantor’s  demand, or in the case of an intentional  tort claim  (as opposed to a contract  dispute), none of which we believe  are applicable  in the case of the
deposit agreement or the ADSs. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of
ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the federal securities laws. If you or any other holder or beneficial owner of ADSs brings a
claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may
not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and / or the depositary. If a
lawsuit is brought against us and / or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which
would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may augur different results than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less
favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue
of the hearing.

Our operations are subject to currency and interest rate fluctuations.

Risks Related to Israeli Law and Our Operations in Israel

We incur expenses in U.S. dollars and NIS, but our functional currency is the U.S. dollar and our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars.
The U.S. dollar is the currency that represents the principal economic environment in which we operate. As a result, we are affected by foreign currency exchange
fluctuations through both translation risk and transaction risk. As a result, we are exposed to the risk that the U.S. dollar may appreciate relative to the NIS, or, if
the  U.S. dollar  instead  devalues  relative  to the  NIS, that  the  inflation  rate  in  Israel  may  exceed  such  rate  of  devaluation  of  the  NIS,  or  that  the  timing  of  such
devaluation may lag behind inflation in Israel. In any such event, the NIS cost of our operations in Israel would increase and our dollar-denominated results  of
operations would be adversely affected.

  18

 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions of Israeli law and our amended and restated articles of association may delay, prevent or otherwise impede a merger with, or an acquisition of,
our company, which could prevent a change of control, even when the terms of such a transaction are favorable to us and our shareholders.

Israeli  corporate  law  regulates  mergers,  requires  tender  offers  for  acquisitions  of  shares  above  specified  thresholds,  requires  special  approvals  for
transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to such types of transactions. For example, a
merger may not be consummated unless at least 50 days have passed from the date on which a merger proposal is filed by each merging company with the Israel
Registrar  of  Companies  and  at  least  30  days  have  passed  from  the  date  on  which  the  shareholders  of  both  merging  companies  have  approved  the  merger.  In
addition, a majority of each class of securities of the target company must approve a merger. Moreover, a tender offer for all of a company’s issued and outstanding
shares can only be completed if the acquirer receives positive responses from the holders of at least 95% of the issued share capital. Completion of the tender offer
also requires approval of a majority of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the tender offer, unless, following consummation of the tender offer, the
acquirer would hold at least 98% of the company’s outstanding shares. Furthermore, the shareholders, including those who indicated their acceptance of the tender
offer, may, at any time within six months following the completion of the tender offer, claim that the consideration for the acquisition of the shares does not reflect
their fair market value, and petition an Israeli court to alter the consideration for the acquisition accordingly, unless the acquirer stipulated in its tender offer that a
shareholder that accepts the offer may not seek such appraisal rights, and the acquirer or the company published all required information with respect to the tender
offer prior to the tender offer’s response date.

Israeli tax considerations also may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax
treaty with Israel exempting such shareholders from Israeli tax. See “Item 10.E. Taxation — Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs” for additional
information.

Our amended and restated articles of association also contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management

without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include the following:

●

●

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority shareholders to elect director candidates; and

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation,
death or removal of a director, which prevents shareholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

It  may  be  difficult  to  enforce  a  judgment  of  a  United  States  court  against  us  and  our  officers  and  directors  and  the  Israeli  experts  named  in  this
prospectus in Israel or the United States, to assert United States securities laws claims in Israel or to serve process on our officers and directors and these
experts.

We were incorporated in Israel. Most of our executive officers and directors reside outside of the United States, and all of our assets and most of the assets
of these persons are located outside of the United States. Therefore, a judgment obtained against us, or any of these persons, including a judgment based on the
civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may not necessarily be enforced by an Israeli court. It
also may be difficult to affect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel.
Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to initiate an action with respect to United States securities laws in Israel. Israeli
courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of United States securities laws reasoning that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to
bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not United States law is applicable to the claim.
If  United  States  law  is  found  to  be  applicable,  the  content  of  applicable  United  States  law  must  be  proven  as  a  fact  by  expert  witnesses,  which  can  be  a  time
consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel that addresses the matters
described above. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us in Israel, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by
either a United States or foreign court.

  19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our headquarters and other significant operations are located in Israel, and, therefore, our results may be adversely affected by political, economic and
military instability in Israel.

Our executive offices are  located  in  Israel.  In  addition,  most  of  our  officers  and  directors  are  residents  of  Israel.  Accordingly,  political,  economic  and
military conditions in Israel may directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place
between  Israel  and  its  neighboring  Arab  countries,  the  Hamas  (an  Islamist  militia  and  political  group  that  has  historically  controlled  the  Gaza  strip)  and  the
Hezbollah (an Islamist militia and political group based in Lebanon). Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and
its trading partners could adversely affect our operations and results of operations. Ongoing and revived hostilities or other Israeli political or economic factors,
such  as,  an  interruption  of  operations  at  the  Tel  Aviv  airport,  could  prevent  or  delay  shipments  of  our  components  or  products.  If continued or resumed, these
hostilities may negatively affect business conditions in Israel in general and our business in particular. In the event that hostilities disrupt the ongoing operation of
our facilities or the airports and seaports on which we depend to import and export our supplies and product candidates, our operations may be materially adversely
affected. 

In addition, instability in the region may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and certain other
countries.  Any  armed  conflicts,  terrorist  activities  or  political  instability  in  the  region  could  adversely  affect  business  conditions,  could  harm  our  results  of
operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Parties with whom we do business may sometimes decline to travel to Israel during periods of
heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements when necessary in order to meet our business partners face to face. Several countries,
principally in the Middle East, still restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business
with  Israel  and  Israeli  companies  if  hostilities  in  Israel  or  political  instability  in  the  region  continues  or  increases.  Similarly,  Israeli  companies  are  limited  in
conducting  business  with  entities  from  several  countries.  For  instance,  in  2008,  the  Israeli  legislature  passed  a  law  forbidding  any  investments  in  entities  that
transact business with Iran. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom we have agreements involving performance in
Israel claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements.

Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although
the Israeli government has in the past covered the reinstatement value of certain damages that were caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot assure you
that this government coverage will be maintained or, if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred
by  us  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  Any  armed  conflicts  or  political  instability  in  the  region  would  likely  negatively  affect  business
conditions generally and could harm our results of operations.

Further, in the past, the State of Israel and Israeli companies have been subjected to economic boycotts. Several countries still restrict business with the
State  of Israel  and with  Israeli  companies.  These  restrictive  laws  and  policies  may  have an  adverse  impact  on our operating  results, financial  conditions or the
expansion of our business. 

Your  rights  and  responsibilities  as  a  shareholder  will  be  governed  by  Israeli  law,  which  differs  in  some  material  respects  from  the  rights  and
responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The rights and responsibilities of the holders of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares are governed by our amended and restated articles of association and by
Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in typical U.S.-based corporations.
In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has certain duties to act in good faith and fairness toward the company and other shareholders and to refrain from
abusing its power in the company. See “Item 6.C. Board Practices — Duties of Shareholders” for additional information. There is limited case law available to
assist us in understanding the nature of this duty or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations on
holders of our ADSs or Ordinary Shares that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

  20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We received Israeli government grants for certain of our research and development activities. The terms of those grants may require us to pay royalties
and to satisfy specified conditions in order to manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of Israel. We may be required to pay penalties in
addition to repayment of the grants.

Our research and development efforts have been financed in part through royalty-bearing grants in an aggregate amount of approximately $1,693,000 that
we received from Israel’s Innovation Authority (formerly known as the Office of the Chief Scientist), or the IIA, as of December 31, 2018. With respect to the
royalty-bearing grants we are committed to pay royalties at a rate of 3% to 5% on sales proceeds from our products that were developed under IIA programs up to
the total amount of grants received, linked to the U.S. dollar and bearing interest at an annual rate of London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR applicable to U.S.
dollar deposits. Regardless of any royalty payment, we are further required to comply with the requirements of the Israeli Encouragement of Industrial Research
and Development Law, 5744-1984, as amended, and related regulations, or the Research Law, with respect to those past grants. When a company develops know-
how,  technology  or  products  using  IIA  grants,  the  terms  of  these  grants  and  the  Research  Law  restrict  the  transfer  of  such  know-how,  and  the  transfer  of
manufacturing  or  manufacturing  rights  of  such  products,  technologies  or  know-how  outside  of  Israel,  without  the  prior  approval  of  the  IIA.  Therefore,  the
discretionary  approval  of  an  IIA  committee  would  be  required  for  any  transfer  to  third  parties  inside  or  outside  of  Israel  of  know-how  or  manufacturing  or
manufacturing rights related to those aspects of such technologies. We may not receive those approvals. Furthermore, the IIA may impose certain conditions on
any arrangement under which it permits us to transfer technology or development out of Israel.

The transfer of IIA-supported technology or know-how outside of Israel may involve the payment of significant amounts, depending upon the value of the
transferred technology or know-how, our research and development expenses, the amount of IIA support, the time of completion of the IIA-supported  research
project  and  other  factors.  These  restrictions  and  requirements  for  payment  may  impair  our  ability  to  sell  or  otherwise  transfer our technology assets outside of
Israel  or  to  outsource  or  transfer  development  or  manufacturing  activities  with  respect  to  any  product  or  technology  outside  of  Israel.  Furthermore,  the
consideration available to our shareholders in a transaction involving the transfer outside of Israel of technology or know-how developed with IIA funding (such as
a merger or similar transaction) may be reduced by any amounts that we are required to pay to the IIA. 

Our operations may be disrupted as a result of the obligation of management or key personnel to perform military service.

Our employees and consultants in Israel, including members of our senior management, may be obligated to perform one month, and in some cases longer
periods, of military reserve duty until they reach the age of 40 (or older, for citizens who hold certain positions in the Israeli armed forces reserves) and, in the
event of a military conflict, may be called to active duty. In response to increases in terrorist activity, there have been periods of significant call-ups of military
reservists. It is possible that there will be similar large-scale  military reserve duty call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a
significant number of our officers, directors, employees and consultants. Such disruption could materially adversely affect our business and operations.

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Our legal and commercial name is Nano Dimension Ltd. We were incorporated in the State of Israel in December 1960, and are subject to the Companies
Law. We were incorporated under the name Polgat Woolen Industries Kiryat Gat Ltd. On December 30, 1981, our name was changed to Polgat Industries Ltd. On
January 1, 1995, our name was changed to Polgat Ltd., and on October 28, 2007, our name was changed to ZBI Ltd. In 1977, we became a public company in
Israel and our shares were listed for trade on the TASE, and on October 29, 2014, we changed our name to Nano Dimension Ltd. Our Ordinary Shares are currently
traded on the TASE under the symbol NNDM. ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares currently trade in the United States on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the
symbol “NNDM.”

  21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From March 7, 2014, until August 25, 2014, we were a “shell corporation” and did not have any business activity, excluding administrative management.
On August 25, 2014, we closed the Merger with the Subsidiary, whereby we acquired 100% of the share capital of the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary was incorporated
in the State of Israel in July 2012. The Merger resulted in a change of control whereby the management of the Company was replaced by the management of the
Subsidiary. Furthermore, as a result of the Merger, the four shareholders of the Subsidiary received an aggregate amount of approximately 37.4% of the issued
Ordinary Shares of the Company, as of the date thereof.

Our registered office and principal place of business is located at 2 Ilan Ramon St., Ness Ziona 7403635, Israel. Our telephone number in Israel is +972 -

73-7509142.

Our website address is www.nano-di.com. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not incorporated by reference
into and should not be considered a part of this annual report on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website in this annual report on Form 20-F is an inactive
textual reference only. Zysman, Aharoni, Gayer and Sullivan & Worcester LLP is our agent in the United States, and its address is 1633 Broadway, New York, NY
10019.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as implemented under the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to,
and  intend  to,  take  advantage  of  certain  exemptions  from  various  reporting  requirements  applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  emerging  growth
companies including but not limited to not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of the SEC rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act. We could remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of our
first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at
least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates
exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year
period.

We are a foreign private issuer as defined by the rules under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Our status as a foreign private issuer also exempts
us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market, including the proxy rules, the short-swing
profits recapture rules, and certain governance requirements such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In
addition, we will not be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic
companies registered under the Exchange Act.

Our capital expenditures for 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $1,232,000, $3,691,000 and $4,555,000, respectively. These expenditures were primarily
for purchases of fixed assets, investment in restricted bank deposits and development expenditures capitalized as intangible assets. Our purchases of fixed assets
primarily  include  leasehold  improvements,  computers,  and  equipment  used  for  the  development  of  our  products,  and  we  financed  these  expenditures  primarily
from cash on hand.

B. Business Overview

We are  a  leading  additive  electronics  provider.  We  believe  our  flagship  proprietary  DragonFly  Pro  system  is  the  first  and  only  precision  system that
produces professional multilayer circuit-boards (PCB), RF antennas, sensors, conductive geometries, and molded connected devices for rapid prototyping through
custom  additive  manufacturing.  We  have  been  actively  developing  our  additive  manufacturing  technology  since  2014,  and  since  that  time  we  have  listed  our
securities on the TASE and Nasdaq, and have spent approximately $60 million to build our additive electronics company.

With our unique additive manufacturing technology for 3D printed electronics, we are targeting the growing market for smart electronic devices that rely
on printed circuit boards, connected devices, RF components and antennas, sensors, and smart products, including IoT. Additive manufacturing industry analysts
predict that 3D printed electronics is likely to be the next high-growth application for product innovation, with its market size forecasted to reach $2.4 billion by
2025 based on a market study.

  22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traditionally,  electronic  circuitry  is  developed  through  a  back-and-forth  process  that  involves  design,  trial  and  error  and  third-party  manufacturer
outsourcing. We believe that the traditional process for developing complex and advanced electronics is outdated. Until now, additive manufacturing technology
has been unable to offer a solution for the electronics market, mainly because of the difficulty of printing multiple layers of electrically conductive and dielectric
materials  at  a  high  resolution  that  is  suitable  for  professional  electronics.  We  are  the  first  to  develop  an  integrated  solution  for  additive  manufacturing  of
electronics. We are disrupting, leading, and defining how electronics are made.

Our DragonFly Pro precision system for additive manufacturing of printed electronics uses our proprietary liquid nano-conductive and dielectric inks that
are designed specifically to print multilayer circuitry and 3D electronics. We believe that our DragonFly Pro precision system will obviate the reliance on third-
party  manufacturers  during  the  development,  short  run  manufacturing  and  prototyping  of  smart  connected  products,  such  as  sensors,  conductive  geometries,
antennas and RF components, professional multilayer PCBs and molded connected devices for rapid prototyping and custom additive manufacturing. 

In 2018  we  increased  our  sales  and  commercialization  efforts  and  sold  30  systems  worldwide.  As  a  part  of  scaling  our  operations,  we  opened four
Customer Experience Centers, or CECs, spanning across the United States, Hong Kong and Israel. The CECs are designed to accelerate the adoption of additive
manufacturing for electronics development and serve as customer and reseller training facilities and sales support centers.

In order to leverage and expedite our go to market strategy, we partner with 20 value added resellers, or VARs, around the world. The VARs provide
customers with services such as sales support, demonstrations, technical support and maintenance. The VARs assign dedicated technical support experts that are
trained in installing, operating and maintaining the printer and providing technical support and demonstrations for their customers. Our VARs engage actively in
sales and tradeshow activities, as well as with customer care and first response system servicing. We have multiple VAR relationships in the United States, the
United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, Germany, France, Italy, Belgium, Australia, Turkey, China, Taiwan, Korea and Czech Republic. As we continue to expand our
sales channel presence, we expect to engage with additional top tier VARs operating in the electronics industry, 3D printing industry, ECAD (electronic computer
aided design) and MCAD (mechanical computer aided design) software solutions.

Industry Overview

Additive
manufacturing
of
3D
Printed
electronics
as
part
of
Industry
4.0

Additive manufacturing or 3D printing in general is a process of making a three-dimensional solid object from a digital model. 3D printing is achieved
using an additive process, where successive layers of material are laid down in different shapes. 3D printing is also considered distinct from traditional machining
techniques, which mostly rely on the removal of material by methods such as cutting or drilling (subtractive processes).

We perceive that additive manufacturing is at a defining inflection point by worldwide commitment to industry 4.0 transformation by companies large
and small. To underscore the potential of additive manufacturing, during the past 24 months several fortune 500 and other tier one companies operating across a
number  of distinct  industries  have  made substantial  investments  to decisively  enter  the additive  manufacturing  market.  Examples include leading companies  in
aerospace and defense, dental/cosmetics and apparel and footwear. With the production world increasingly depending on additive manufacturing, we see exciting
new printing technologies in metal and in liquid-polymers.

The industry 4.0 manufacturing revolution includes the electrification of products across multiple industries and refers to the connectivity, the sensors and
electronic  circuitry  which  are  crucial  in  every  product,  from  satellites  to  sneakers,  smart  cars  and  IoT  devices.  This  electrification  is  the  horizon  of  Nano
Dimension and that is where we elevate industry 4.0 – by making additive manufacturing  complete with the 3D printing of smart products made digitally. We
believe that fully 3D printed smart connected products are the next phase of Industry 4.0.

  23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 


 
Traditional
Printed
Circuit
Boards
(PCB)

A  conventional  PCB  is  a  board  containing  a  pattern  of  conducting  material,  such  as  copper,  which  becomes  an  electrical  circuit  when  electrical
components  are  attached  to  it.  It  is  the  basic  platform  used  to  interconnect  electronic  components  and  can  be  found  in  most  electronic  products,  including
computers and computer peripherals,  communications  equipment, cellular  phones, high-end consumer electronics, automotive and aeronautical components and
medical and industrial equipment. Conventional PCBs are more product-specific than other electronic components because generally they are unique for a specific
electronic device or appliance. Conventional PCBs can be classified as single-sided, double-sided and multilayer boards. 

A multilayer electronic circuit contains two or more different conductive layers, while an older single-layer circuit contains only one layer of conductors.
In the past, in inexpensive circuits, there were single or dual layer circuits. Advanced circuits, which are required for modern products (such as mobile phones,
computer cards and more), contain advanced multilayer circuits with a much larger number of layers. Modern electronics have become more complex and often
contain thousands of connections between various components of the same electronic circuit. In order to enable this complexity in a limited area and to prevent
electronic short circuits, the connections are divided into a number of layers that are connected within the same multilayer electronic circuit. Our DragonFly Pro
system is designed to efficiently print prototype PCBs, circuits and antennas that conform to the requirements of modern complex electronics.

One of the main issues with the traditional process of PCB prototype development is the outsource manufacturing delay. Modern and advanced PCBs are
complex and are often comprised of more than ten layers. As a general rule, the time for manufacturing depends on the complexity and number of layers that a
PCB contains. Consequently the time it takes to receive an advanced PCB prototype from a third party manufacturer may reach several weeks. While the life cycle
of  modern  products  is  shortening,  the  need  for  rapid  prototyping  increases.  Our  DragonFly  Pro  system  offers  a  solution  to  the  pain  of  a  slow  time-to-market
turnaround of advanced PCB prototypes, and enables developers of PCBs the freedom to innovate and painlessly employ an efficient trial-and-error process on a
day to day basis.

Another issue with the traditional process of PCB prototyping is confidentiality. The usage of outsource services in order to produce a  PCB prototype
forces the developer to share the PCB design files of a future product months before the product is expected to reach the market. Our DragonFly Pro system is
intended to be an in-house solution to this issue.

Market
Opportunity

The future of the 3D printed electronics market looks promising with opportunities in IoT connected products, communication, computer/peripheral, and
defense, automotive industries and in aerospace. We estimate market potential by looking at several market references including the 3D printed electronics market,
the total PCB market, and PCB software design market.

Technavio’s market research analysts predict that the total PCB market will grow at a CAGR of more than 6% by 2021. Other analysts estimate that the

PCB market will reach an estimated $72.6 billion by 2022.

Within the total PCB market is the more specific market of PCB design software. We believe that many users of design software would benefit from the
use of an in-house 3D electronics printer. Future Market Insights forecasts the global PCB design software market to increase at 12.9% CAGR during 2016-2026,
and reach $4.75 billion in revenues by the end of 2026.  

  24

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additive manufacturing industry analysts predict that 3D printed electronics is likely to be the next high-growth application for product innovation, with
its  market  size  forecasted  to  reach  approximately  $2.4  billion  by  2025.  Many  industry  leaders  expect  the  3D  printed  electronics  industry to expand quickly as
manufacturing  companies  and  consumer  industries  discover  new  methods  and  applications  for  3D  printed  electronic  technology.  The  chart  below  gives  an
indication of the size of the 3D printed electronics market, and illustrates that it is both large and growing.

Source: DataM Intelligence, 2018

Strategy

By creating our own installed-base of printers that require our own dedicated inks – we are establishing a “Razor and Blades” business model in which

our customers buy the printer first and then continue to purchase the dedicated inks and maintenance over time.

We market and sell our products and services worldwide, primarily to companies that develop products with electronic components, including companies
in the defense industry, including the U.S. Armed Forces, the automotive sector, consumer electronics, semiconductor, aerospace, and medical industries and to
research institutes. Our primary market is the U.S., though we have also experienced growth in Asia Pacific and Europe and expect that trend to increase into 2019.

Our goal is to expedite our growth and to further advance our breakthrough technologies and commercialization efforts. To achieve these objectives, we

plan to:

●

●

Increase 
sales 
and 
marketing.
 We  are  advancing  our  commercialization  efforts  and  infrastructure,  and  allocating  more  resources  to  activities
executed by our U.S. and Hong Kong headquarters, including increasing sales manpower.

Increase 
amount 
of 
applications 
and 
advanced 
electronics 
applicable 
use 
cases.
 In  collaboration  with  our  customers,  create  applications  that  can
expedite  the  usage  of  our  products  for  production  grade  products  and  consequently  increase  our  sales.  Our  main  focus  is  in  collaboration  with
customers in the fields of automotive, aerospace, medical devices and defense.

  25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

Recruit
additional
value-added
resellers
globally
. We intend to increase the number and use of our resellers in order to increase sales and provide
technical services to our customers.

Form 
alliances 
with 
industry 
leaders.
 We  plan  to  collaborate  with  companies  in  the  fields  of  design  and  manufacturing  in  order  to  expedite  the
adoption of our technology by the market.

Increase
amount
of
applications
and
use
cases.
In collaboration with our customers, create applications that can expedite the usage of our products
for production grade products and consequently increase our sales. Our main focus is in collaboration with customers in the fields of medical devices,
automotive, aerospace and defense.

● Capitalize
on
our
nano-conductive
and
dielectric
inks,
and
software
technology
products
. We plan to exploit our inks as supplemental products to

our DragonFly Pro system. We also plan to increase the software options and enable levels of licensing that we could monetize.

Our strategic growth plan includes the following:

● Current
state:
Monetize commercially available products and services for additive electronics design.

● Horizon
1:
Deliver higher speed production-grade additive electronics systems and more materials and services.

● Horizon
2:
Deliver hybridized capabilities that combine mechanical functionality within electrified geometries.

Products

Our products currently consist of three main product lines – our DragonFly Pro precision system, proprietary ink products and software.

DragonFly
Pro
Precision
System
for
additive
manufacturing
of
printed
electronics

Our  DragonFly  Pro  can  print  sensors,  conductive  geometries,  Radio  Frequency  (RF)  devices,  antennas,  professional  multilayer  PCBs,  and  molded

connected devices for rapid prototyping and custom additive manufacturing.

  26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  DragonFly  Pro  precision  system  is  the  first  and  only  system  that  we  are  aware  of  that  is  customized  specifically  to  print  multilayer  PCBs  for
advanced electronics.  The  Dragonfly  Pro  is  designed  to  allow  users  the  ability  to  print  ready-to-use  electronics  and  connected  devices  in-house,  within hours.
Possible  applications  of  our  products  include  aerospace,  smart  cars,  Internet  of  Things  (IoT)-connected  products,  RF  components  and  encapsulated  sensors  for
military and civil applications.

Our DragonFly Pro system is designed to print electronic conductors and dielectric (non-conductive) layers based on a user’s specific design plan. Our
DragonFly  Pro  system  uses  at  least  two  types  of  ink  (i.e.  conductive  and  dielectric)  in  order  to  lay  down  successive  layers  that  literally  build  ready-to-use
electronics. The printer receives digital files as input and converts them into print jobs in order to build the multilayer PCB, sensors, antenna or circuit. No cutting
or drilling is required in the process of additive manufacturing of a multilayer PCB with our DragonFly Pro precision system. 

Our  DragonFly  Pro  system  includes  our  dedicated  and  proprietary  print-job  editing  software  named  ‘Switch’  and  a  printing  control  software  named
DragonFly,  which  enable  smooth  and  seamless  usage  for  our  customers.  Our  software  is  not  intended  to  be  a  replacement  for  PCB  or  computer  aided  design
(CAD) design software, but rather conveniently allow our customers to continue to design their smart parts with their preferred PCB/CAD design software. After
the user has concluded the design, the files are simply sent to the DragonFly Pro in Gerber (.gbr) or stereolithographic (.stl) format with a user-friendly interface,
similar to the usage of commonplace inkjet and laser printers. Our proprietary software employs traditional methods of 3D printing by virtually converting end
products to be printed (such as PCBs) into a large number of thin slices, which are then printed one on top of the other. 

  27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Illustration of the inkjet printing process performed by the DragonFly Pro:

Additionally, and depending on the sales channel employed, we will offer different levels of product warranty and after-sales services. We anticipate that
channel partners, such as established distributors will typically be key to providing support and warranty services to the wider market. In instances where deeper
and more strategic relationships are at stake, we intend to provide dedicated account management, both in terms of support and servicing, which may be fee or
subscription-based. We plan to support and train a select number of experienced channel partners with the capabilities to ensure that end customers are satisfied
with our products and any after-sales services and support that we may offer in the future. 

Our DragonFly Pro system has multiple advantages, including:

●

In-house prototypes and low volume production . Our DragonFly Pro system offers its users an efficient, quick, available, accessible and immediate
solution for prototype production of smart products such as encapsulated sensors, antennas, multilayer PCBs and free-form geometry 3D Circuits.
Currently,  electronics  companies  and  others  engaged  in  the  development  of  products  based  on  PCBs  are  forced  to  rely  on  service  suppliers  that
manufacture PCBs through a complex and inefficient process.

Turn-around of multilayer advanced smart parts can often take weeks and involves significant costs. Also, for electronics in development, several
cycles  of  prototyping  are  often  necessary  until  the  specs  of  the  final  electronic  part  are  created.  This  means  that  a  developer  of  a  new  electronic
product may have to repeat the process of going through a service supplier several times during lab testing – which may increase cost and slow the
momentum of product development.

Our DragonFly Pro system obviates the reliance on external service suppliers and provides electronics companies and others the luxury of an office-
friendly system in their in-house research laboratory with the ability to print prototypes of PCBs as required for electronic device development – all
during a relatively short period of time.

●

●

Information security and professional secrecy . Contracting with external service suppliers (outsourcing) in order to create prototypes of PCBs during
early  stages  of  the  development  process  of  novel  electronic  devices  may  unnecessarily  compromise  the  security  of  sensitive  and  confidential
information. Currently, however, there is hardly a practical solution. By allowing companies to bring prototype development in-house, our DragonFly
Pro system offers a practical solution to this issue.

Industry first . We believe that we are a pioneer and a leader in our industry. We are not aware of any other company in the global electronics market
that currently offers a 3D inkjet printer that prints professional grade smart parts.

  28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary Products

Conductive Ink

We have developed a uniquely formulated nano-conductive ink for use in our systems. Using advanced nano-technology, we have developed a liquid ink
that contains nano-particles of conductive materials such as silver and copper. Nano-particles are particles between 1 and 100 nanometers in size. By employing
this technology, we are able to create a liquid ink that maintains its transport properties and electric conductivity. The liquid properties of our nano-conductive ink
allow us to take advantage of inkjet printing technology for fast and efficient 3D printing of PCBs.

Our wet-chemistry approach to making silver nano-particles starts with a raw material compound containing silver which may be acquired from a number
of chemical suppliers. The patented process, licensed from the Hebrew University, is highly efficient and very clean. We can reliably extract 10 to 100 nano-meter
sized particles of pure silver. We are able to control the size, shape and dispersion of the silver nano-particles in accordance with specific printing requirements.
We can also formulate inks for a variety of substrates and printing profiles. 

In addition, in July 2016, we filed a patent application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the development of a new nano-metric
conductive ink, which is based on a unique synthesis. The new nano-particle synthesis further minimizes the size of the silver nano-particles particles in our ink
products. The new process achieves silver nano-particles as small as 4 nano-meters. We believe that accurate control of nano-particles’ size and surface properties
will allow for improved performance of our DragonFly Pro system. The innovative ink enables lower melting temperatures and more complete sintering (fusing of
particles into solid conductive trace), leading to an even higher level of conductivity. The innovative ink has the potential to accelerate printing speeds and save ink
for the 3D printing of electronics. 

Dielectric Ink

Our  proprietary  dielectric  ink  is  a  unique  ink  that  contains  dielectric  and  dielectric  materials  that  are  not  electrically  conductive.  The  use  of  non-
conductive ink is crucial in the production of multilayer circuit boards, as the conducting layers that are placed on top of each other must be separated by dielectric
layers.  Our  internally  developed,  proprietary  dielectric  ink  is  a  unique  one-part-epoxy  material.  The  dielectric  ink  can  withstand  high  temperature  (e.g.,  five
hundred degrees Fahrenheit and more) without distorting its shape, which is a necessary requirement for professional PCBs and electronics components. 

Both our nano-conductive and dielectric ink products have completed development stages and we have begun to manufacture these products in-house. We
plan  to  commercialize  these  ink  products  as  a  supplementary  product  to  our  systems.  Based  on  our  proprietary  technology,  our  ink  products  may  be  adjusted
specifically for additional uses.

Software

Our proprietary software, the ‘DragonFly’ and ‘Switch’ are used to manage the design file and printing process. The Switch software enables seamless

transition into an additive manufacturing workflow.

In July 2016, we completed the development of the initial version of our software package and we have been adding features and improvements to it from
time to time. The Switch is included in our DragonFly Pro system. The ‘Switch’ software enables preparation of production files of printed electronic circuits using
the DragonFly Pro system. The software supports customary formats in the electronics industry such as Gerber files, as well as vertical interconnect access (VIA)
and  DRILL  files.  The  ‘Switch’  software  presents  a  unique  interface  that  displays  Gerber  files  and  an  accurate  and  detailed  description  of  the  PCB’s  structure,
which facilitates a highly precise conversion to a 3D file format.

Multilayer 3D files can be prepared from standard file formats, with the software allowing for adjustments in numerous parameters such as layer order

and thickness.

When the print-job is ready the user simply loads the design file from Switch straight into the Dragonfly Pro printer and uses the DragonFly software to

manage and control the print.

Intellectual Property

We seek patent protection as well as other effective intellectual property rights for our products and technologies in the United States and internationally.
Our policy is to pursue, maintain and defend intellectual property rights developed internally and to protect the technology, inventions and improvements that are
commercially important to the development of our business.

We have a growing portfolio of four issued U.S. patents and twenty six (26) provisional and non-provisional patent applications with the USPTO, WIPO
filed  through  the  PCT,  and  with  the  respective  patent  offices  of  China,  Europe,  South  Korea  and  Japan.  A  provisional  patent  application  is  a  preliminary
application that can be filed less formally than a non-provisional application, and establishes a priority date for the patenting process for the invention disclosed
therein.

  29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Our growing patent portfolio can be divided into four main areas:

1. Mechanical : covering printer components and peripherals with three granted U.S. patents (9,227,444, 9,259,933, and 9,878,549), as well as several

patent applications, directed to components and systems varying from, print head calibration systems, to stirring containers for inks.

2. Chemical : covering ink compositions and related nanoparticles, both dielectric and conducting. Of these, two applications were indicated as allowable

by the U.S. and South Korean Patent offices.

3. Applications : covering 3D printing applications and computer applications. The 3D printing applications are directed to various methods of printing
PCBs, flexible printed circuits (FPCs) and high density interconnects (HDIs) circuits with embedded components. Additional filings were directed to composite
printing, cooling pads and infrastructures, bridging members between integrated circuits and PCBs and vertically embedded integrated circuit (IC) wells and their
interconnectivity.

4. Industrial Design/Design : covering the ornamental aspects of the printer and various printer components, with one granted U.S. patent (D543,612), and

another directed to an ink cartridge currently pending.

In addition to patent applications, in September 2014, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with the Research and Development Company of
the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Ltd., or “Yissum”, for two patents that cover the unique method of manufacturing our consumable nano-conductive ink for
the  3D  printing  of  electronic  circuits.  The  agreement  was  amended  and  restated  in  April  2015.  Pursuant  to  the  license  agreement,  we  will  be  required  to  pay
Yissum low to mid-single digit percentage royalties on sales of our conductive ink. The exclusive license agreement is in effect for the longer of remaining usable
life of the patents and patent applications, or 15 years from the first commercial sale of a product relating to the licensed technology in such country.

Competition

Many companies  providing  3D  printing  services  concentrate  their  efforts  on  printing  prototypes  in  resin  polymers  or  other  plastics.  We differentiate
ourselves from these companies by focusing on the niche market of in-house PCB printing using a combination of nano-conductive and dielectric inks, and to that
extent we consider ourselves a pioneer in our industry. However, it may be possible for more developed 3D printing companies to adapt their products to print
PCBs.  Accordingly,  our  competitors  may  include  other  companies  providing  3D  printing  services  with  substantial  customer  bases  and  working  history.  Older,
well-established companies providing 3D printing and rapid prototyping services with records of success currently attract customers. There can be no assurance
that we can maintain a competitive position against current or future competitors, particularly those with greater financial, marketing, service, technical and other
resources. Our failure to maintain a competitive position within the market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

We also  compete  with  companies  that  use  traditional  prototype  development  of  PCBs  and  customized  manufacturing  technologies,  and  expect  future

competition to arise from the development of new technologies or techniques.

To the best of our knowledge, our 3D inkjet printer is the first and only one of its kind, and as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, there are no
three-dimensional ink injection printers that print multilayer electronic circuits for the purposes of in-house PCB prototype development. However, there are many
companies worldwide that manufacture PCBs.

In the United States and globally, we face many competitors that specialize in contract electronic manufacturing, and specifically the manufacturing of

prototype PCBs. We estimate that there are approximately 1,800 companies in the United States that manufacture or provide PCBs on a per-order basis.

Research and Development

As of the date hereof, we have completed the development of our proprietary nano-conductive ink products and have commenced manufacturing in our

in-house laboratory.

Also, we have completed the development of the alpha version of our 3D printer, and on April 14, 2015, we introduced the alpha version publicly. In
August 2015, we introduced our beta 3D printer to a number of customers,  and in the second half of 2016, we initiated  our beta plan and delivered printers to
customers. In the second half of 2017 we commenced commercial sales.

  30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From time to time we may also explore the application of our technology to additional areas within 3D printing and other industries.

In September 2016, we conducted a successful test for 3D printing of conductive traces onto a treated fabric in collaboration with a leading European
functional textiles company. The test was carried out using our unique silver nanoparticle conductive ink and our DragonFly 3D Printer platform. During the test,
conductors were printed in several patterns in order to perform functionality tests, including conductivity, elasticity, rubbing, etc. The results demonstrated that the
printed silver conductors had high enough elasticity to match the properties of the fabric.

In January 2017, we successfully 3D printed a series of multilayer rigid PCBs, connected through printed flexible conductive connections. This process
provides a solution to traditional production limitations in the electronics industry, such as continuous transfer of conductors between circuits, loose contacts, size
of connections between the circuits as well as fabrication of multilayer flexible material.

In January 2017, we successfully 3D printed electrical circuits, in which we embedded electrical components, through placement, as an integral part of the

printing process. We filed a patent application with the USPTO for this unique development.

In February 2017, we received a budget from MEIMAD committee of the IIA which will be used to finance a project to develop 3D printing of advanced
ceramic materials in inkjet technology. The total approved budget for this project is approximately $372,000, of which the IIA will finance 50%. The terms of the
grant provide that we will be required to pay royalties on future sales of any funded technology up to the full grant amount.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  we  incurred  $8,623,000  $10,819,000,  $4,043,000,  $2,855,000  and  $933,000,
respectively, of research and development expenses. Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 do not include expenses in an
amount of approximately $4,237,000 that were capitalized as an intangible asset.

  31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grants from Israel’s Innovation Authority

Our research and development efforts are financed in part through royalty-bearing grants from the IIA. As of December 31, 2018, we have received the
aggregate amount of $1,693,000 from the IIA for the development of our 3D printer and nano-inks. With respect to such grants we are committed to pay certain
royalties  up  to  the  total  grant  amount.  Regardless  of  any  royalty  payment,  we  are  further  required  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Research  Law,  with
respect to those past grants. When a company develops know-how, technology or products using IIA grants, the terms of these grants and the Research Law restrict
the transfer of such know-how, and the transfer of manufacturing or manufacturing rights of such products, technologies or know-how outside of Israel, without the
prior approval of the IIA. We do not believe that these requirements will materially restrict us in any way.

Production and Manufacturing

We purchase the raw materials required for the production of our products, including components of 3D printers and materials to produce our nano-inks
products.  To date,  all  of  our  printers,  including  our  DragonFly  Pro, are  manufactured  in-house.  We  have  entered  into  a non-exclusive agreement with a global
manufacturer that would serve as our primary manufacturer and supplier for our commercial 3D printers when we are required to scale up our production further or
expand  it  to  additional  global  geographies.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  we  are  not  obligated  to  make  any  minimum  purchases  and  prices  will  be  agreed  upon
between us from time to time and based on specific purchase orders. The extent of this and any other engagement with third party manufacturers will be managed
to match production volumes.

With respect to our ink products, we intend to keep full control of the value chain, from research and development through self-manufacturing and global
sales. In September 2016, we initiated a production facility to support the commercialization and production of our proprietary nano-conductive ink and dielectric
ink. In October 2017 we announced the opening of our nano-particle ink production facility to support the commercialization and production of our proprietary
nano-conductive ink and dielectric ink for our DragonFly Pro 3D printer. We believe that the size and capacity of this facility, located in the same building as our
offices, will be sufficient to support our future commercialization activities. In January 2018 we achieved certification for two international standards- the OHSAS
18001:2007 for occupational health and safety within the workplace and the ISO 14001:2015 Standard – EMS (Environmental Management System).

Sales and Marketing

We began commercializing our first professional grade 3D Printer, the DragonFly Pro 3D printer, during the fourth quarter of 2017. As a part of scaling
our  operations,  we  recently  opened  four  CECs,  one  in  Israel,  two  in  the  United  States  and  one  in  Hong  Kong.  The  new  CECs  are  designed  to  accelerate  the
adoption of additive manufacturing for electronics development and will also serve as customer and reseller training facilities and sales support centers. In order to
leverage  and  expedite  our  go  to  market  strategy,  we  partner  with  VARs  around  the  world.  The  VARs  provide  customers  with  services  such  as  sales  support,
demonstrations, technical support and maintenance. The VARs assign dedicated technical support experts that are trained in installing, operating and maintaining
the printer and providing technical support and demonstrations for their customers. Our VARs engage actively in sales and tradeshow activities, as well as with
customer carte and first response system servicing. As of the end of February 2019, we have VAR relationships in the United States, the United Kingdom, Ireland,
Canada, Germany, France, Italy, Belgium, Australia, Turkey, Spain, Czech Republic, China, Taiwan and Korea. As we continue with to expand our sales channel
presence, we expect to engage with additional top tier VARs.

C. Organizational Structure

We currently  have  four  wholly  owned  subsidiaries:  Nano  Dimension  Technologies  Ltd.,  which  was  incorporated  in  2012  in  the  State  of  Israel, Nano
Dimension IP Ltd., which was incorporated in 2018 in the State of Israel, Nano Dimension USA Inc., which was incorporated  in 2017 in Delaware, and Nano
Dimension (HK) Limited, which was incorporated in 2018 in Hong Kong.

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

Our offices, research and development facility and in-house laboratory are located at our headquarters at 2 Ilan Ramon, Ness Ziona 74036, Israel, where
we currently occupy approximately 37,000 square feet. Following a recent expansion, we lease our headquarters under three separate leases. The first lease, which
accounts for about 42% of our office space, ends on August 31, 2019, the second lease, which accounts for about 35% of our office space, ends on December 31,
2023, and the third lease, which accounts for about 23% of our office space, ends on August 31, 2021. The total monthly rent payment for the facilities in Israel is
currently approximately $51,000. Since March 2018, we also have offices in Santa Clara, California, where we occupy approximately 1,915 square feet. The total
monthly rent payment for the facilities in Santa Clara is currently approximately  $3,400. Since March 2019, we also have  offices  in Hong Kong Science  Park,
where we occupy approximately 1,500 square feet. The total monthly rent payment for the facilities in Hong Kong is currently approximately $7,500.

We consider  that  our  current  office  space  is  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  is  suitable  for  the  conduct  of  our

business.

  32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with our financial  statements  and related  notes included  elsewhere  in this annual
report on Form 20-F. This discussion and other parts of this annual report on Form 20-F contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that
involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  Our  actual  results  and  the  timing  of  selected  events  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  these  forward-looking
statements  as  a  result  of  several  factors,  including  those  set  forth  under  “Risk  Factors”  and  elsewhere  in  this  annual  report  in  Form  20-F.  We  report  financial
information under IFRS as issued by the IASB and none of the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States.

Overview

To  date,  we  have  generated  limited  revenues  from  the  sale  and  lease  of  our  products.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  we  begun  commercializing  our
products  and  our  ability  to  generate  significant  revenues  and  achieve  profitability  depends  on  our  ability  to  successfully  complete  the  development  of,  and  to
commercialize,  our  products.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  had  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $51,610,000.  Our  financing  activities  are  described  below  under
“Liquidity and Capital Resources.” We currently estimate that we have the necessary capital in order to establish our commercial infrastructure.

5.A

Operating Results

Operating Expenses

Our  current  operating  expenses  consist  of  three  components  –  research  and  development  expenses,  sales  and  marketing  expenses,  and  general  and

administrative expenses.

In the fourth quarter of 2017 we decided to present our sales and marketing expenses separate from other operating expenses. Thus, for comparison we

have reclassified the expenses in the previous years.

Research
and
Development
Expenses,
net

Our  research  and  development  expenses  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  related  personnel  expenses,  subcontractor  expenses,  patent  registration  fees,

rental fees, materials, and other related research and development expenses. 

  33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
The following table discloses the breakdown of research and development expenses:

(in
thousands
of
U.S
dollars)
Payroll
Subcontractors
Patent registration
Materials
Rental fees and maintenance
Depreciation
Other expenses
Development expenses recognized as Intangible Assets
Grants
Total

Year ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

5,621     
307     
34     
1,593     
387     
178     
379     
(4,237)    
(219)    
4,043     

7,419     
151     
57     
1,844     
824     
442     
244     
-     
(162)    
10,819     

4,890 
70 
70 
1,065 
908 
880 
782 

(42)
8,623 

Subcontractor expenses include expenses for development consultants and service providers, which are not employees. The services provided by these
consultants and service providers include, but are not limited to, chemistry consulting, software and electronics subcontractors and consulting and chip processing
consulting.

Our development expenses are presented net of government grants and net of development expenses that were capitalized as intangible assets.

Sales
and
Marketing
Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, marketing and advertising services, depreciation, rental fees, and travel.

The following table discloses the breakdown of sales and marketing expenses:

(in
thousands
of
U.S
dollars)
Payroll
Marketing and advertising
Depreciation
Travel abroad
Rental fees and maintenance
Other expenses
Total

General
and
Administrative
Expenses

Year ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

748     
192     
-     
45     
21     
-     
1,006     

1,497     
383     
10     
234     
59     
-     
2,183     

2,226 
1,381 
186 
201 
64 
201 
4,259 

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  salaries,  professional  service  fees,  director  fees,  office  expenses,  taxes  and  fees,  and  other

general and administrative expenses.

The following table discloses the breakdown of general and administrative expenses:

(in
thousands)
Payroll
Professional services
Director pay
Office expense
Fees
Travel abroad
Rental fees and maintenance
Other expenses
Total

Year ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

822     
1,610     
742     
232     
45     
148     
-     
219     
3,818     

762     
1,460     
493     
282     
68     
86     
84     
128     
3,363     

996 
1,114 
306 
311 
32 
45 
91 
107 
3,002 

  34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2017 to the year ended December 31, 2016

Results
of
Operations

U.S. dollars in thousands
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Cost of revenues- amortization of intangible
Gross profit (loss)
Research and development expenses, net
Sales and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Operating loss
Finance expense (income), net

Total comprehensive loss
Loss attributable to holders of Ordinary Shares

Revenues

Year Ended 
December 31,
2017

2016

2018

46     
19     
174     
(147)    
4,043     
1,006     
3,818     
9,014     
(38)    

8,976     
8,976     

829     
409     
743     
(323)    
10,819     
2,183     
3,363     
16,688     
815     

17,503     
17,503     

5,100 
3,594 
772 
734 
8,623 
4,259 
3,002 
15,150 
338 

15,488 
15,488 

Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 amounted to $5,100,000, representing an increase of $4,271,000 or 515%, compared to $829,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase is due to additional sales of our products during 2018. Our revenues are derived mainly from sales of our printers
to customers, and from ink deliveries to those clients.

Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $829,000, representing an increase of $783,000 or 1,702%, compared to $46,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2016. The increase is due to additional leases and sales of our products during 2017. Our revenues are derived from sales of our printers
to certain customers, lease of our printers to beta customers, and from ink deliveries to those clients.

Cost
of
Revenues

Our  cost  of  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  amounted  to  $4,366,000,  representing  an  increase  of  $3,214,000  or  279%,  compared  to
$1,152,000, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cost of revenues consists of $3,594,000 and an additional $772,000 in respect of amortization of intangible
assets,  representing  an  increase  of  $3,185,000  or  779%,  compared  to  $409,000  and  an  additional  increase  of  $29,000,  compared  to  $743,000  in  respect  of
amortization of intangible assets.

Our cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted $1,152,000, representing an increase of $959,000 or 497%, compared to $193,000,
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  Cost  of  revenues  consists  of  $409,000  and  an  additional  $743,000  in  respect  of  amortization  of  intangible  assets,
representing an increase of $390,000 or 2,053%, compared to $19,000 and an additional increase of $569,000, compared to $174,000 in respect of amortization of
intangible assets.

Gross
Loss

Our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 amounted to $734,000, compared to a gross loss of $323,000 for the year ended December 31,

2017.

Our gross loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $323,000, compared to $147,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Research
and
Development
Expenses,
net

Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 amounted to $8,623,000, representing an decrease of $2,196,000 or 20%,
compared to $10,819,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in payroll and related expenses and materials
expenses, in 2018 we shifted more resources to sales and marketing activities rather than research and development activities.

Our  research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  amounted  to  $10,819,000,  representing  an  increase  of  $6,776,000  or
168%, compared to $4,043,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase is mainly a result of the cessation of the capitalization of development cost in
the fourth quarter of 2016, as well as increase in payroll and related expenses.

  35

 
 


 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   


 
 
 
 
 




 


 
 
 
Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 are presented net of government grants in the amount of $42,000.

Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 are presented net of government grants in the amount of $162,000.

Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016, are presented net of government grants in the amount of $219,000 and net

of development expenses recognized as intangible assets in the amount of $4,237,000.

Sales
and
marketing
Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses totaled $4,259,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2,076,000, or 95%, compared to $2,183,000
for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase resulted primarily from an increase of $729,000 in payroll and related expenses, and an increase of $998,000
in marketing and advertising expenses. During 2018 we decided to invest resources in sales and marketing activities, thus we increased the number of our sales and
marketing personnel and also invested more in marketing and advertising.

Our sales and marketing expenses totaled $2,183,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1,177,000, or 117%, compared to $1,006,000
for the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  The  increase  resulted  primarily  from  an  increase  of  $749,000  in  salaries  and  related  personnel  expenses,  reflecting  an
increase in the number of sales and marketing employees, an increase of $191,000 in marketing and advertising expenses and an increase of $190,000 in travel
expenses.

General
and
Administrative
Expenses

Our  general  and  administrative  expenses  totaled  $3,002,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  a  decrease  of  $361,000,  or  11%,  compared  to
$3,363,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease resulted primarily from a decrease of $346,000 in professional services expenses and a decrease
of $187,000 in directors’ fees.

Our  general  and  administrative  expenses  totaled  $3,363,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  a  decrease  of  $455,000,  or  12%,  compared  to
$3,818,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease resulted primarily from a decrease of $150,000 in professional services expenses for accounting,
legal, and other general and administrative activities, and a decrease of $249,000 in directors’ fees.

Operating
Loss

As a result of the foregoing, our operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $15,150,000, as compared to an operating loss of $16,688,000

for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1,538,000, or 9%.

As a result of the foregoing, our operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $16,688,000, as compared to an operating loss of $9,014,000

for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $7,674,000, or 85%.

Finance
Expense
and
Income

Finance  expense  and  income  mainly  consist  of  bank  fees  and  other  transactional  costs,  revaluation  of  liability  in  respect  of  government  grants,  and

exchange rate differences.

  36

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  


 
 


 
   


 
We recognized net financial expense of $338,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $815,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in finance expense related to exchange rate differences.

We recognized net financial expense of $815,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to net financial income of $38,000 for the year ended

December 31, 2016. The increase is primarily due to an increase in finance expense related to exchange rate differences.

Total
Comprehensive
Loss

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $15,488,000, as compared to $17,503,000 for the year ended December

31, 2017, a decrease of $2,015,000, or 12%.

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $17,503,000, as compared to $8,976,000 for the year ended December

31, 2016 an increase of $8,527,000, or 95%.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimate

We  describe  our  significant  accounting  policies  more  fully  in  Note  2  to  our  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  included
elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. We believe that the accounting policies below are critical in order to fully understand and evaluate our financial
condition and results of operations.

We  prepare  our  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as  issued  by  the  IASB.  At  the  time  of  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements,  our
management is required to use estimates, evaluations, and assumptions which affect the application of the accounting policy and the amounts reported for assets,
obligations,  income,  and  expenses.  Any  estimates  and  assumptions  are  continually  reviewed.  The  changes  to  the  accounting  estimates  are  credited  during  the
period in which the change to the estimate is made.

Revenue
Recognition

We early adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides new guidance on revenue recognition as from January 1, 2017 on a
retrospective basis. Based on the examination of the guidance of the standard, no adjustments have been required to be made to the revenue previously recognized,
as  in  2016  the  Company's  main  revenues  were  from  leases  transactions  accounted  for  under  International  Accounting  Standard,  or  IAS,  17.  Accordingly,
comparative figures have not been restated to reflect the impact of the retrospective implementation of the standard. The Company recognizes revenue when the
customer  obtains  control  over  the  promised  goods  or  services.  The  revenue  is  measured  according  to  the  amount  of  the  consideration  to  which  the  Company
expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods or services promised to the customer, other than amounts collected for third parties. On the contract’s inception
date the Company assesses the goods or services promised in the contract with the customer and identifies as a performance obligation any promise to transfer to
the customer goods or services (or a bundle of goods or services) that are distinct. The Company identifies goods or services promised to the customer as being
distinct when the customer can benefit from the goods or services on their own or in conjunction with other readily available resources and the Company’s promise
to transfer the goods or services to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Intangible
Assets

In August 2015, we started recognizing intangible assets arising from internal development. The capitalization is the outcome of meeting all the criteria in
IAS 38 Intangible
Assets
,  which  are  (i)  development  costs  can  be  measured  reliably,  (ii)  the  product  or  process  is  technically  and  commercially  feasible,  (iii)
future economic benefits are probable, and (iv) we have the intention and sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Development
expenses in the period until August 1, 2015 were expensed as incurred. During the fourth quarter of 2016, we started delivering our products to beta customers and
as  such,  we  started  to  amortize  the  intangible  assets  arising  from  capitalization  of  development  expenses.  In  subsequent  periods,  capitalized  development
expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. The estimated useful lives of the capitalized development costs
is 10 years.

Stock-Based
Compensation

Employees  and  other  service  providers  of  the  Company  may  receive  benefits  by  way  of  share-based  compensation  settled  with  company  options  and
warrants exercised for Ordinary Shares. The cost of transactions with employees settled with capital instruments is measured based on the fair value of the capital
instruments  on  the  granting  date.  The  fair  value  is  determined  using  an  accepted  options  pricing  model.  The  model  is  based  on  share  price,  grant  date  and  on
assumptions regarding expected volatility, expected lifespan, expected dividend, and a no risk interest rate.

  37

 
 
 
 


 
    
 
 
 
 


 
 


 
The cost of the transactions settled with capital instruments is recognized in profit or loss together with a corresponding increase in the equity over the
period in which the performance and/or service takes place, and ending on the date on which the relevant employees are entitled to the benefits, or the Vesting
Period. The aggregate expense recognized for transactions settled with capital instruments at the end of each reporting date and until the Vesting Period reflects the
degree  to which  the  Vesting  Period  has  expired  and  our best  estimate  regarding the number of warrants that have ultimately  vested. The expense or income in
profit or loss reflects the change of the aggregate expense recognized as of the end of the reported period.

We selected the Black-Scholes-Merton (Black-Scholes), and the binomial model, as our option pricing models to estimate the fair value of our options

awards. The option-pricing model requires a number of assumptions:

Expected
dividend
yield
- The expected dividend yield assumption is based on our historical experience and expectation of no future dividend payouts.
We have historically not paid cash dividends and have no foreseeable plans to pay cash dividends in the future.

Volatility 
-
 Since  the  Company’s  shares  started  trading  on  a  stock  exchange  market  only  in  August  2014  (before  that  date  the  Company  was  under  a
different name and was involved in a different activity), the expected volatility is based on the Company’s stock volatility since September 2014.

Risk
free
interest
rate
- The risk free interest rate is based on the yield of governmental bonds with equivalent terms.

Estimated
term
- An option’s estimated term is the estimated amount of time the holder will hold the option before the exercise, based on the expiration
date of the option and, in some cases, such as for employees, an assumption regarding exercise before the expiration date.

Share
price
- The share price is determined according to the last known closing price of our Ordinary Shares at the grant date.

5.B

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Since our inception through December 31, 2018, we have funded our operations principally with $52,952,000 from the issuance of Ordinary Shares and

warrants. As of December 31 2018, we had $3,753,000 in cash.

The table below presents our cash flows:

(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars)
Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash

Year Ended 
December 31,
2017

2016

2018

(5,920)    

(15,797)    

(13,447)

(4,555)    

(3,691)    

(1,232)

14,159     

13,108     

12,480 

3,450     

(6,380)    

(2,199)

  38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
Operating
Activities

Net cash used in operating activities of $13,447,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily used for payment of $7,858,000 in salaries

and related personnel expenses. The remaining amount was for other expenses. 

Net cash used in operating activities of $15,797,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily used for payment of $8,499,000 in salaries

and related personnel expenses. The remaining amount was for other expenses. 

Net cash used in operating activities of $5,920,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily used for payment of $5,352,000 in salaries

and related personnel expenses. The remaining amount was for other expenses. 

Investing
Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $1,232,000 during 2018 primarily used for investments of our cash in fixed assets.

Net cash used in investing activities of $3,691,000 during 2017 primarily used for investments of our cash in fixed assets.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  of  $4,555,000  during  2016  primarily  reflects  development  expenditure  capitalized  as  intangible  assets  and

investments of our cash in fixed assets.

Financing
Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $12,480,000 in the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted mainly from the issuance of Ordinary Shares.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $13,108,000 in the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted mainly from the issuance of Ordinary Shares.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $14,159,000 in the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted mainly from the issuance of Ordinary Shares and

warrants.

In July 2015, we issued an aggregate of 7,671,089 Ordinary Shares pursuant to a private placement, at a price of $1.4451 per share. In addition, we issued
warrants to purchase up to 3,835,546 Ordinary Shares with an exercise price of $2.3647 per share. These warrants will expire 24 months from the date of issuance.

In December 2015, we issued, as an extension to the issuance in July 2015, an aggregate of 1,552,877 Ordinary Shares pursuant to a private placement, at
a  price  of  $1.4451  per  share.  In  addition,  we  issued  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  776,440  Ordinary  Shares  with  an  exercise  price  of  $2.3647  per  share.  These
warrants will expire 24 months from the date of issuance.

In September 2016, we completed a public offering of 2,125,275 ADSs (representing 10,626,375 Ordinary Shares) at a price of $6.50 per ADS, and net

proceeds to us from the sale of the shares was approximately $12,328,000.

In May  and  June  2017,  we  issued  an  aggregate  of  11,552,809  Ordinary  Shares  pursuant  to  a  private  placement,  at  a  price  of  $1.17  per  share, and net

proceeds to us from the sale of the shares was approximately $12,420,000.

In February 2018, we completed a public offering of 6,900,000 ADSs (representing 34,500,000 Ordinary Shares) at a price of $2.00 per ADS, and net

proceeds to us from the sale of the shares was approximately $12,471,000.

In  February  2019,  we  completed  a  public  offering  of  16,000,000  Units,  each  consisting  of  one  ADS  (representing  80,000,000  Ordinary  Shares),  one
warrant to  purchase  one  ADS,  and  one  right  to  purchase  0.75  of  an  ADS,  at  a  price  of  $0.75  per  Unit,  and  net  proceeds  to  us  from  the  sale  of  the  shares  was
approximately $10,600,000.

  39

 
 


 
 
  


 
 
  



 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
Outlook

To date, we have not achieved profitability and have sustained net losses in every fiscal year since our inception, and we have financed our operations

primarily through proceeds from issuance of our Ordinary Shares.

Based on the projected cash flows and our cash balance as of December 31, 2018, together with the fundraising on February 2019, our management is of
the  opinion  that  without  further  fund  raising  it  will  not  have  sufficient  resources  to  enable  us  to  continue  advancing  our  activities  including  the  development,
manufacturing  and marketing  of our products for a period of at least 12 months from the date  of sign-off date  of our financial  statements.  As a result, there  is
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Until  we  can  generate  significant  recurring  revenues  and  achieve  profitability,  we  will  need  to  seek  additional  sources  of  funds  through  the  sale  of
additional equity securities, debt or other securities. Any required additional capital, whether forecasted or not, may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.
If we are unable to obtain additional financing or are unsuccessful in commercializing our products and securing sufficient funding, we may be required to reduce
activities, curtail or even cease operations.

In addition, our operating plans may change as a result of many factors that may currently be unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds

sooner than planned. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

the progress and costs of our research and development activities;

the progress in the launch of the commercial DragonFly Pro system;

the costs of manufacturing our DragonFly Pro system and ink products;

the costs of filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

the potential costs of contracting with third parties to provide marketing and distribution services for us or for building such capacities internally; and

the magnitude of our general and administrative expenses.

5.E

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

5.E

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2018:

Facility
Motor vehicles
Suppliers and service providers
Liability in respect of government grants (*)

Total

  $

2,154     
233     
3,164     
1,445     

Less than 
1 year

1-3 years
(in
thousands
of
U.S.
dollars)
688     
116     
2,564     
550     

893     
117     
100     
895     

3-5 years

More than 
5 years

573     
-     
100     

- 
- 
400 

(*) The contractual obligation in respect of government grants presented above is based on our estimation regarding expected revenues, thus there is no certainty
that the liability will be settled in 1-3 years as stated above.

  40

 
  


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 




   
   
   
      
  
   
 
ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management  

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of March 13, 2019:

Name

Avi Reichental

Amit Dror

Yael Sandler

Dr. Jaim Nulman

Simon Anthony-Fried

Ofir Baharav (3)

Irit Ben-Ami (1) (2) (3)

Roni Kleinfeld (1) (2) (3)

Abraham Nahmias (3)

Eli Yoresh (1) (2) (3)

Age

  Position

62

43

32

63

45

50

58

62

64

49

  Chairman of the Board of Directors

  Chief Executive Officer, Director

  Chief Financial Officer

  Chief Technology Officer and Executive Vice President, Products

  President of Nano Dimension USA, Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

(1) Member of our Audit Committee.
(2) Member of our Compensation Committee.
(3) Indicates independent director under Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

  41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
Avi Reichental, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mr.
Avi
Reichental
has served on our board of directors since April 2017, as our co-Chairman since December 2017 and as Chairman since December
2018.  Mr.  Reichental  has  served  as  a  general  partner  at  OurCrowd  First  since  August  2016.  In  2015,  Mr.  Reichental  founded  XponentialWorks,  Inc.,  and  has
served as its chairman and chief executive officer since that time. Prior to that, and from 2003 to 2015, Mr. Reichental served as the president, chief executive
officer  and  director  of  3D  Systems  Corp.  (NYSE:DDD).  From  1981  to  2003,  Mr.  Reichental  held  senior  executive  leadership  positions  with  Sealed  Air  Corp.
(NYSE:SEE).  Since  2015,  Mr.  Reichental  has  served  as  a  director  of  Harman  International  Industries  Inc.  (NYSE:  HAR).  Mr.  Reichental  is  also  founder  and
chairman  of  Centaur,  ElasticMedia,  and  Nexa3D.  Mr.  Reichental  is  part  of  Singularity  University’s  core  faculty,  serves  as  a  Trustee  of  Cooper-Hewitt
Smithsonian’s  Design  Museum  and  is  a  member  of  the  XPRIZE  Innovation  Board.  Mr.  Reichental  served  on  the  board  of  Harman  until  its  successful  sale  to
Samsung. Mr. Reichental is an active inventor and has co-invented 35 patents. Mr. Reichental is also a Vice Chairman of Techniplas.

Amit Dror, Chief Executive Officer, Director

Mr.
Amit
Dror
 has served as our Chief Executive Officer and director since August 2014. Mr. Dror co-founded Eternegy Ltd. in 2010 and served as its
Chief Executive Officer and a director from 2010 to 2013. Mr. Dror also co-founded the Milk & Honey Distillery Ltd. in 2012. He developed vast experience in
project, account and sales management across a range of roles at ECI Telecom Ltd., Comverse Technology, Inc., Eternegy Ltd. and Milk & Honey Distillery Ltd.
Mr. Dror has a background that covers technology management, software, business development, fundraising and complex project execution. Mr. Dror is a Merage
Institute Graduate. 

Yael Sandler, Chief Financial Officer

Ms.
Yael 
Sandler
 has  served  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  June  2015.  From  2014  until  2015,  Ms.  Sandler  served  as  the  Group  Controller of
RealMatch Ltd. From 2011 through December 2014, Ms. Sandler held various positions at Somekh-Chaikin (KPMG Israel), where she gained valuable experience
working with public companies and companies pursuing initial public offerings. Ms. Sandler completed the professional course of the Israeli Navy in 2005 and
served  as  a  submarine  simulator  instructor  and  commander  until  2007.  Ms.  Sandler  is  a  Certified  Public  Accountant  in  Israel.  Ms.  Sandler  earned  a  B.A.  with
honors in Accounting and Economics from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and a M.B.T with honors from the College of Management in Rishon LeZion.

Dr. Jaim Nulman, Chief Technology Officer

Dr.
Jaim
Nulman
has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Executive VP Products since May 2018. Dr. Nulman was a vice president with Applied
Materials in Santa Clara, California, where he served for 15 years in a variety of positions at both the product divisions and corporate levels developing and driving
commercialization  of  semiconductor  manufacturing  technology,  applications,  and  equipment.  While  at  Applied  Materials  he  drove  the  development  of  ionized
metal  physical  vapor  deposition  for  enhance  step  coverage.  Dr.  Nulman  pioneered  rapid  thermal  processing  technologies  for  ultra-thin  gate  dielectrics  in
semiconductors. Dr. Nulman is also co-founder and chairman of Yali Pharmaceuticals Group, LLC. a company developing medicines for treatment of pathogen
induced  inflammation  of  the  body.  Dr.  Nulman  also  founded  eTe  Solutions,  LLC  a  company  engaged  consulting  services  for  commercialization  of  high  tech
technology.  He holds several patents in the area of semiconductor processing and equipment. Dr. Nulman is a Senior member of the Institute for Electrical and
Electronic Engineers (IEEE). He holds a BSc degree in Electrical Engineering from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Electrical
Engineering with focus on semiconductor devices and technology from Cornell University, and an Executive M.B.A. from Stanford University. Dr. Nulman also
served as instructor for NATO’s Advanced Technology summer programs and the University of Berkeley Extension in the area of Rapid Thermal Processing.

Simon Anthony-Fried, President of Nano Dimension USA, Director

Mr.
Simon
Fried

has served as our Chief Business Officer and director since August 2014. In January 2018 Mr. Fried relocated to California, and was
appointed  as  the  President  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Nano  Dimension  USA  Inc.  Mr.  Fried  was  a  co-founder  of  Diesse  Solutions  Ltd.,  a  project
management, risk and marketing consultancy, and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 2004 to 2014. He has worked as a risk management and corporate
governance  consultant  to  the  Financial  Services  Authority  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  as  a  senior  strategy  consultant  at  Monitor  Company,  a  Boston  based
boutique  strategy  consulting  firm.  Mr.  Fried  has  a  background  that  covers  marketing  and  sales  strategy,  management,  business  development,  financial  services
regulation, fundraising and c-suite consulting. Mr. Fried has worked extensively on global projects in both the B2B and B2C markets driving significant strategic
change  to  global  marketing  organizations.  He  also  currently  serves  as  a  director  of  the  Milk  &  Honey  Distillery  Ltd.  Mr.  Fried  holds  a  B.Sc. in  Experimental
Psychology from University College London, an M.Sc. in Judgment and Risk from Oxford University and an M.B.A. from SDA Bocconi in Milan. 

  42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ofir Baharav, Director

Mr.
Ofir
Baharav
 has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Baharav is currently managing Stratus Venture Group. Mr. Baharav
is
a seasoned global executive with extensive experience in the United States, Israel, Japan, Europe and China. He has held executive and board level management
positions  in  private  and  public  high-tech  companies  that  operate  Internet,  semiconductors,  3D  printing  and  security  businesses.    Mr.  Baharav  was  the  Vice
President, Products of Stratasys from 2014 to 2015, the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of XJet Solar from 2007 to 2014, Executive Vice President, Products
of  Credence  among  other  roles,  (Nasdaq:  CMOS)  from  2003  to  2007,  President  of  Optonics  2001  to  2003  (sold  to  Credence),  and  Founder  and  President  of
RelayHealth Corporation (acquired by McKesson (Nasdaq: MCK)) from 1998 to 2001. Mr. Baharav serves on the boards of RealConnex, NRG Innovations and
Breezer Cooling. Mr. Baharav holds an M.B.A from Warwick Business School UK.

Irit Ben-Ami, Director

Ms.
Irit
Ben-Ami
has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Ms. Ben-Ami is a member of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants in
Israel as well as of the Israel Bar Association. Ms. Ben-Ami founded the law office of Pitaro-Ben Ami in 2007 and was a partner there until 2009. Ms. Ben-Ami
currently serves as member of the board of directors of several public companies, including Medivie Therapeutic Ltd. (TASE: MDVI) since 2014, and Together
Startup Network Ltd. (TASE: TGTR) since 2016. Ms. Ben-Ami holds a Bachelor’s degree (cum laude) in Law (LL.B.) from Sha’arei Mishpat College, a B.A.
(with honors) in Economics and Accounting from Haifa University, an M.A. in Health Systems Management (M.H.A.) from Ben Gurion University and an LL.M
in  law  from  the  Interdisciplinary  Center  in  Herzelia  (IDC).  Ms.  Ben-Ami  was  engaged  in  the  past  in  academic  aspects  of  labor  law  and  corporate  law  as  a
practitioner at Bar Ilan University, Ben Gurion University and at the Sha’arei Mishpat College.

Roni Kleinfeld, Director

Mr.
Roni
Kleinfeld
has served on our board of directors since November 2012. He has over 25 year experience as a chief executive officer in public and
private companies. He was the CEO of Maariv Holdings Ltd. from 1993 to 2002, the CEO of Hed Artzi Records Ltd. from 2002 to 2007, the CEO of Maariv-
Modiin Publishing House Ltd. from 2007 to 2010, and the CEO of OMI Ltd. from 2010 to 2011. Mr. Kleinfeld has also served as director of many companies over
the past ten years, including: Excite Ltd. from April 2007 to April 2011, Makpel Ltd. from July 2007 to March 2010, Elbit Imaging Ltd. (Nasdaq: EMITF) since
May 2010, Elran Ltd. from July 2010 to November 2016, Dancher Ltd. from April 2012 to January 2014, Mendelson Ltd. from 2012 to December 2016, White
Smoke Ltd. since June 2012, Edri – El Ltd. since July 2015 and Cofix Group Ltd. since April 2015, and Luzon Group since January 2017. Mr. Kleinfeld has a B.A.
in economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.

Abraham Nahmias, Director

Mr.
Abraham
Nahmias
 has served on our board of directors  since August 2014. Mr. Nahmias has been a managing partner  of the  Nahmias Grinberg
Shachar  C.P.A  (Isr.)  since  1985.  He  currently  serves  as  a  director  in  the  following  companies:  Threecopper  Ltd.  (since  2010),  Allium  Medical  Solutions  Ltd.
(Chairman) (since 2014), Eviation aircraft Ltd. (since 2016), Trueleaf Ltd. (since 2016), Allevetix Ltd. (since 2016), and Cellect Biomed Ltd. (since July 2014).
Mr. Nahmias has a B.A. in Economy and Accountancy from the Tel Aviv University and is a certified public accountant in Israel.

  43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eli Yoresh, Director

Mr. 
Eli 
Yoresh
  has  served  on  our  board  of  directors  since  April  2014.  Mr.  Yoresh  is  a  seasoned  executive  with  20  years  of  executive  and  financial
management experience, mainly, with companies from the financial, technology and industrial sectors. Since October 2010, Mr. Yoresh has served as a director
and  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  Foresight  Autonomous  Holdings  Ltd.  (Nasdaq  and  TASE:  FRSX).  Since  September  2018,  Mr.  Yoresh  serves  as  a  director  at
Medigus Ltd. (Nasdaq and TASE: MDGS). Mr. Yoresh served as the Chief Executive Officer of Tomcar Global Holdings Ltd., a global manufacturer of off-road
vehicles,  from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Yoresh served  as the Chairman  of  both  Gefen  Biomed  investments  Ltd.  (TASE:  GEFEN)  from  April  2013  to  July  2015  and
Zmicha  Investment  House  Ltd.  (TASE:  TZMI-M)  from  February  2013  to  July  2015.  Mr.  Yoresh  holds  a  B.A.  in  Business  Administration  from  the  College  of
Management in Israel and an M.A. in Law from Bar-Ilan University in Israel. Mr. Yoresh is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel.

Family
Relationships

There are no family relationships between any members of our executive management and our directors.

Arrangements
for
Election
of
Directors
and
Members
of
Management

With  the  exception  of  our  director,  Abraham  Nahmias,  who  was  appointed  by  Michael  Ilan,  one  of  our  shareholders,  there  are  no  arrangements  or
understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any of our executive management or our directors were selected. See
“Item 7.B. Related Party Transactions” for additional information.

B. Compensation

Compensation

The following  table  presents  in  the  aggregate  all  compensation  we  paid  to  all  of  our  directors  and  senior  management  as  a  group  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018. The table does not include any amounts we paid to reimburse any of such persons for costs incurred in providing us with services during this
period.

All amounts reported in the tables below reflect the cost to the Company, in thousands of U.S. dollars, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Amounts
paid in NIS are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of NIS 3.748 = U.S.$1.00, based on the average representative rate of exchange between the NIS and the U.S.
dollar as reported by the Bank of Israel in the year ended December 31, 2018.

All directors and senior management as a group, consisting of 11 persons

  $

903,000    $

Salary and
Related
Benefits,
including
Pension,
Retirement
and Other
Similar
Benefits

Share 
Based 
Compensation  
237,000 

In accordance with the Companies Law, the table below reflects the compensation granted to our five most highly compensated officers during or with

respect to the year ended December 31, 2018.

  44

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Annual Compensation- in thousands of U.S. dollars - Convenience Translation

Executive Officer

Amit Dror

Simon Anthony-Fried

Yael Sandler

Dr. Jaim Nulman

Avi Reichental

Salary and 
Related 
Benefits,
including
Pension,
Retirement
and Other
Similar
Benefits

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

183    $

239    $

127    $

149    $

120    $

Share 
Based 

Compensation    

Total

39    $

36    $

40    $

16    $

46    $

222 

275 

167 

165 

166 

Employment
Agreements
with
Executive
Officers

We  have  entered  into  written  employment  agreements  with  each  of  our  executive  officers.  All  of  these  agreements  contain  customary  provisions
regarding  noncompetition,  confidentiality  of  information  and  assignment  of  inventions.  However,  the  enforceability  of  the  noncompetition  provisions  may  be
limited under applicable law. In addition, we have entered into agreements with each executive officer and director pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify
each of them up to a certain amount and to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by directors and officers insurance. Members of our senior management
are eligible for bonuses each year. The bonuses are payable upon meeting objectives and targets that are set by our chief executive officer and approved annually
by our board of directors that also set the bonus targets for our chief executive officer.

For a description of the terms of our options and option plans, see “Item 6.E. Share Ownership ” below.

Directors’
Service
Contracts

Other than with respect to our directors that are also executive officers, we do not have written agreements with any director providing for benefits upon

the termination of his employment with our company.

C. Board Practices

Introduction

Our board  of  directors  presently  consists  of  nine  members.  We  believe  that  Ms.  Ben-Ami  and  Messrs.  Baharav,  Kleinfeld,  Nahmias,  and  Yoresh are
“independent”  for  purposes  of  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  rules.  Our  amended  and  restated  articles  of  association  provides  that  the  number  of  board  of  directors’
members shall be set by the general meeting of the shareholders provided that it will consist of not less than three and not more than twelve members. Pursuant to
the Companies Law, the management of our business is vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and may take all actions
that are not specifically granted to our shareholders or to management. Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day management and have individual
responsibilities established by our board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer is appointed by, and serves at the discretion of, our board of directors, subject to
the  employment  agreement  that  we  have  entered  into  with  him.  All  other  executive  officers  are  appointed  by  our  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Their  terms  of
employment are subject to the approval of the board of directors’ compensation committee and of the board of directors, and if such terms of employment are not
consistent with our  compensation  policy,  then  such  terms  require  the  approval  of  our  shareholders,  and  are  subject  to  the  terms  of  any  applicable  employment
agreements that we may enter into with them.

  45

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each director,  will  hold  office  until  the  annual  general  meeting  of  our  shareholders  for  the  year  in  which  his  or  her  term  expires,  unless  he  or  she  is
removed  by  a  majority  vote  of  our  shareholders  at  a  general  meeting  of  our  shareholders  or  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events,  in  accordance  with  the
Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association.

In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow our board of directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors or
in addition to the acting directors (subject to the limitation on the number of directors), until the next annual general meeting or special general meeting in which
directors may be appointed or terminated.

Under the  Companies  Law,  nominations  for  directors  may  be  made  by  any  shareholder  holding  at  least  one  percent  of  our  outstanding  voting  power.
However, any such shareholder may make such a nomination only if a written notice of such shareholder’s intent to make such nomination has been given to our
board of directors. Any such notice must include certain information, the consent of the proposed director nominee(s) to serve as our director(s) if elected and a
declaration signed by the nominee(s) declaring that there is no limitation under the Companies Law preventing their election and that all of the information that is
required to be provided to us in connection with such election under the Companies Law has been provided.

Under the Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have accounting and financial
expertise. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, our board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the
company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that the minimum number of directors of our company who are
required to have accounting and financial expertise is two.

The board of directors may elect one director to serve as the chairman of the board of directors to preside at the meetings of the board of directors, and
may also remove that director as chairman. Pursuant to the Companies Law, neither the chief executive officer nor any of his or her relatives is permitted to serve
as the chairman of the board of directors, and a company may not vest the chairman or any of his or her relatives with the chief executive officer’s authorities. In
addition, a person who reports, directly or indirectly, to the chief executive officer may not serve as the chairman of the board of directors; the chairman may not
be vested with authorities of a person who reports, directly or indirectly, to the chief executive officer; and the chairman may not serve in any other position in the
company or a controlled company, but he or she may serve as a director or chairman of a controlled company. However, the Companies Law permits a company’s
shareholders  to  determine,  for  a  period  not  exceeding  three  years  from  each  such  determination,  that  the  chairman  or  his  or  her  relative  may  serve  as  chief
executive officer or be vested with the chief executive officer’s authorities, and that the chief executive officer or his or her relative may serve as chairman or be
vested with the chairman’s authorities. Such determination of a company’s shareholders requires either: (1) the approval of at least two-thirds of the shares of those
shareholders present and voting on the matter (other than controlling shareholders and those having a personal interest in the determination); or (2) that the total
number of shares opposing such determination does not exceed 2% of the total voting power in the company. Currently, we have a separate chairman and chief
executive officer.

The board of directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, delegate any or all of its powers to committees of the board, and it may,
from time to time, revoke such delegation or alter the composition of any such committees, subject to certain limitations. Unless otherwise expressly provided by
the  board  of  directors,  the  committees  shall  not  be  empowered  to  further  delegate  such  powers.  The  composition  and  duties  of  our  audit  committee,  financial
statement examination committee and compensation committee are described below.

The board of directors oversees how management monitors compliance with our risk management policies and procedures, and reviews the adequacy of
the  risk  management  framework  in  relation  to  the  risks  faced  by  us.  The  board  of  directors  is  assisted  in  its  oversight  role  by an  internal  auditor.  The  internal
auditor undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to our audit committee.

  46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External
Directors

Under the Companies Law, except as provided below, companies  incorporated  under the laws of the State of Israel  that are publicly traded, including
Israeli companies with shares listed on the Nasdaq, are required to appoint at least two external directors who meet the qualification requirements set forth in the
Companies Law. The definitions of an external director under the Companies Law and independent director under Nasdaq Stock Market rules are similar such that
it would generally be expected that our two external directors will also comply with the independence requirement under Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

Pursuant to regulations  under the Companies  Law, the board of directors  of a company  such as us is not required  to have external  directors  if: (i) the
company does not have a controlling shareholder (as such term is defined in the Companies Law); (ii) a majority of the directors serving on the board of directors
are  “independent,”  as  defined  under  Nasdaq  Rule  5605(a)(2);  and  (iii)  the  company  follows  Nasdaq  Rule  5605(e)(1),  which  requires  that  the  nomination  of
directors be made, or recommended to the board of directors, by a Nominating Committee of the board of directors consisting solely of independent directors, or by
a majority of independent directors. The Company meets all these requirements. On November 20, 2017, our board of directors resolved to adopt the corporate
governance exemption set forth above, and accordingly we no longer have external directors as members of our board of directors.

Fiduciary
Duties
of
Office
Holders

The Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty on all office holders of a company.

The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of skill with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under

the same circumstances. The duty of care of an office holder includes a duty to use reasonable means to obtain:

●

●

information on the advisability of a given action brought for his approval or performed by him by virtue of his position; and

all other important information pertaining to these actions.

The duty of loyalty of an office holder requires an office holder to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes a duty to:

●

●

●

●

refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his duties in the company and his performance of his other duties or personal affairs;

refrain from any action that constitutes competition with the company’s business;

refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or others; and

disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder has received due to his position as an
office holder.

  47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Approval
of
Related
Party
Transactions
under
Israeli
Law

General

Under the Companies Law, we may approve an action by an office holder from which the office holder would otherwise have to refrain, as described

above, if:

●

●

the office holder acts in good faith and the act or its approval does not cause harm to the company; and

the  office  holder  disclosed  the  nature  of  his  or  her  interest  in  the  transaction  (including  any  significant  fact  or  document)  to  the  company  at  a
reasonable time before the company’s approval of such matter.

Disclosure
of
Personal
Interests
of
an
Office
Holder

The Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose to the company, promptly, and, in any event, not later than the board meeting at which the
transaction is first discussed, any direct or indirect personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information known to him or her relating to any
existing or proposed transaction by the company. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, the office holder must also disclose any personal interest held
by:

●

●

the office holder’s relatives; or

any  corporation  in  which  the  office  holder  or  his  or  her  relatives  holds  5%  or  more  of  the  shares  or  voting  rights,  serves  as  a  director  or  general
manager or has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager.

Under the Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is a transaction:

●

●

●

not in the ordinary course of business;

not on market terms; or

that is likely to have a material effect on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

The Companies Law does not specify to whom within us nor the manner in which required disclosures are to be made. We require our office holders to

make such disclosures to our board of directors.

Under the  Companies  Law,  once  an  office  holder  complies  with  the  above  disclosure  requirement,  the  board  of  directors  may  approve  a  transaction
between the company and an office holder, or a third party in which an office holder has a personal interest, unless the articles of association provide otherwise and
provided that the transaction is not detrimental to the company’s interest. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, first the audit committee and then the
board  of directors,  in that  order,  must  approve  the  transaction.  Under  specific  circumstances,  shareholder  approval  may  also  be  required.  A director  who has  a
personal  interest  in  an  extraordinary  transaction,  which  is  considered  at  a  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  or  the  audit  committee,  may  not  be  present  at  this
meeting or vote on this matter, unless a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, has a personal interest. If a majority of the
board of directors has a personal interest, then shareholder approval is generally also required.

Under the Companies Law, all arrangements as to compensation of office holders require approval of the compensation committee and board of directors,

and compensation of office holders who are directors must be also approved, subject to certain exceptions, by the shareholders, in that order.

  48

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure
of
Personal
Interests
of
a
Controlling
Shareholder

Under  the  Companies  Law,  the  disclosure  requirements  that  apply  to  an  office  holder  also  apply  to  a  controlling  shareholder  of  a  public  company.
Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a
controlling shareholder has a personal interest, as well as transactions for the provision of services whether directly or indirectly by a controlling shareholder or his
or  her  relative,  or  a  company  such  controlling  shareholder  controls,  and  transactions  concerning  the  terms  of  engagement  of  a  controlling  shareholder  or  a
controlling shareholder’s relative, whether as an office holder or an employee, require the approval of the audit committee or the compensation committee, as the
case may be, the board of directors and a majority of the shares voted by the shareholders of the company participating and voting on the matter in a shareholders’
meeting. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

●

●

at least a majority of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in
favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction represent no more than 2% of the
voting rights in the company.

In addition, any extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest with a term of more
than three years requires the abovementioned approval every three years; however, such transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be
approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines that such longer term is reasonable under the circumstances.

The Companies Law requires that every shareholder that participates, in person, by proxy or by voting instrument, in a vote regarding a transaction with a
controlling  shareholder,  must  indicate  in  advance  or  in  the  ballot  whether  or  not  that  shareholder  has  a  personal  interest  in  the  vote  in  question.  Failure  to  so
indicate will result in the invalidation of that shareholder’s vote.

The term “controlling shareholder” is defined in the Companies Law as a shareholder with the ability to direct the activities of the company, other than by
virtue of being an office holder. A shareholder is presumed to be a controlling shareholder if the shareholder holds 50% or more of the voting rights in a company
or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company or its general manager.

Duties
of
Shareholders

Under the  Companies  Law,  a  shareholder  has  a  duty  to  refrain  from  abusing  its  power  in  the  company  and  to  act  in  good  faith  and  in  an  acceptable
manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations to the company and other shareholders, including, among other things, voting at general meetings of
shareholders on the following matters:

●

●

amendment of the articles of association;

increase in the company’s authorized share capital;

● merger; and

●

the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from oppressing other shareholders.

The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach of the above mentioned duties, and in the event of oppression of

other shareholders, additional remedies are available to the injured shareholder.

In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder that knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder
that, under a company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or has another power with respect to a
company,  is  under  a  duty  to  act  with  fairness  towards  the  company.  The  Companies  Law  does  not  describe  the  substance  of  this  duty  except  to  state  that  the
remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in
the company into account.

  49

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committees of the Board of Directors

Our  board  of  directors  has  established  three  standing  committees,  the  audit  committee,  the  compensation  committee  and  the  Financial  Statement

Examination Committee.

Audit
Committee

Under the Companies Law, we are required to appoint an audit committee. Our audit committee, acting pursuant to a written charter, is comprised of Mr.

Roni Kleinfeld, Ms. Irit Ben-Ami, and Mr. Eli Yoresh.

Our audit committee acts as a committee for review of our financial statements as required under the Companies Law, and in such capacity oversees and
monitors our accounting; financial reporting processes and controls; audits of the financial statements; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they
relate  to  financial  statements  or  accounting  matters;  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s  qualifications,  independence  and  performance;  and
provides the board of directors with reports on the foregoing.

Under the Companies Law, our audit committee is responsible for:

(i)

(iv)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

determining whether there are deficiencies in the business management practices of our company, and making recommendations to the board of directors
to improve such practices;

determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal interest and whether
such transaction is extraordinary or material under Companies Law) (see “Item 7.B. Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli law”);

examining our internal controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient resources and tools to dispose of
its responsibilities;

examining  the  scope  of  our  auditor’s  work  and  compensation  and  submitting  a  recommendation  with  respect  thereto  to  our  board  of  directors  or
shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and

establishing  procedures  for  the  handling  of  employees’  complaints  as  to  the  management  of  our  business  and  the  protection  to  be  provided  to  such
employees.

Our  audit  committee  may  not  conduct  any  discussions  or  approve  any  actions  requiring  its  approval  (see  “Item  7.B.  Approval  of  Related  Party

Transactions under Israeli law”), unless at the time of the approval a majority of the committee’s members are present.

  50

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nasdaq
Stock
Market
Requirements
for
Audit
Committee

Under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three members, all of whom are independent

and are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

As noted above, the members of our audit committee include Mr. Roni Kleinfeld, Ms. Irit Ben-Ami, and Mr. Eli Yoresh, each of whom is “independent,”
as such term is defined in under Nasdaq Stock Market rules. Mr. Kleinfeld serves as the chairman of our audit committee. All members of our audit committee
meet the requirements for financial literacy under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee
is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules and has the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

Financial
Statement
Examination
Committee

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company in Israel must appoint a financial statement examination committee, which consists
of members with accounting and financial expertise or the ability to read and understand financial statements. According to a resolution of our board of directors,
the  audit  committee  has  been  assigned  the  responsibilities  and  duties  of  a  financial  statements  examination  committee,  as  permitted  under  relevant  regulations
promulgated  under  the  Companies  Law.  From  time  to  time  as  necessary  and  required  to  approve  our  financial  statements,  the  audit  committee  holds  separate
meetings,  prior  to  the  scheduled  meetings  of  the  entire  board  of  directors  regarding  financial  statement  approval.  The  function  of  a  financial  statements
examination committee  is  to  discuss  and  provide  recommendations  to  its  board  of  directors  (including  the  report  of  any  deficiency  found)  with  respect  to  the
following  issues:  (1)  estimations  and  assessments  made  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  financial  statements;  (2)  internal  controls  related  to  the  financial
statements;  (3)  completeness  and  propriety  of  the  disclosure  in  the  financial  statements;  (4)  the  accounting  policies  adopted  and  the  accounting  treatments
implemented in material matters of the company; and (5) value evaluations, including the assumptions and assessments on which evaluations are based and the
supporting data in the financial statements. Our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal auditor are invited to attend all meetings of the audit
committee when it is acting in the role of the financial statements examination committee.

Compensation
Committee

Under the  Companies  Law,  the  board  of  directors  of  any  public  company  must  establish  a  compensation  committee.  Under  the  Nasdaq  rules,  we are
required to maintain a Compensation Committee consisting entirely of independent directors (or the determination of such compensation solely by the independent
members of our board of directors).

Our compensation committee is acting pursuant to a written charter, and consists of Mr. Roni Kleinfeld, Ms. Irit Ben-Ami and Mr. Eli Yoresh, each of
whom  is  “independent,”  as  such  term  is  defined  under  Nasdaq  rules.  Our  compensation  committee  complies  with  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Law,  the
regulations promulgated thereunder, and our amended and restated articles of association. Our compensation committee also complies with committee membership
and charter requirements prescribed under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

Our  compensation  committee  reviews  and  recommends  to  our  board  of  directors:  (1)  the  annual  base  compensation  of  our  executive  officers  and
directors; (2) annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount; (3) equity compensation; (4) employment agreements, severance arrangements, and
change  in  control  agreements/provisions;  (5)  retirement  grants  and/or  retirement  bonuses;  and  (6)  any  other  benefits,  compensation,  compensation  policies  or
arrangements.

  51

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  duties  of  the  compensation  committee  include  the  recommendation  to  the  company’s  board  of  directors  of  a  policy  regarding  the  terms  of
engagement of office holders, to which we refer as a compensation policy. That policy must be adopted by the company’s board of directors, after considering the
recommendations of the compensation committee. The compensation policy is then brought for approval by our shareholders. On July 8, 2015, our shareholders
approved our compensation policy.

The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of executive  officers and
directors,  including  exculpation,  insurance,  indemnification  or  any  monetary  payment  or  obligation  of  payment  in  respect  of  employment  or  engagement.  The
compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, the company’s business and its long-term strategy, and
creation of appropriate incentives for executives. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and the nature of its operations.
The compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

●

●

●

●

●

●

the knowledge, skills, expertise and accomplishments of the relevant director or executive;

the director’s or executive’s roles and responsibilities and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

the  relationship  between  the  terms  offered  and  the  average  and  median  compensation  of  the  other  employees  of  the  company,  including  those
employed through manpower companies;

the impact of disparities in salary upon work relationships in the company;

the possibility of reducing variable compensation at the discretion of the board of directors; and the possibility of setting a limit on the exercise value
of non-cash variable compensation; and

as to severance compensation, the period of service of the director or executive, the terms of his or her compensation during such service period, the
company’s  performance  during  that  period  of  service,  the  person’s  contribution  towards  the  company’s  achievement  of  its  goals  and  the
maximization of its profits, and the circumstances under which the person is leaving the company.

The compensation policy must also include the following principles:

●

●

●

the link between variable compensation and long-term performance and measurable criteria;

the relationship between variable and fixed compensation, and the ceiling for the value of variable compensation;

the conditions under which a director or executive would be required to repay compensation paid to him or her if it was later shown that the data
upon which such compensation was based was inaccurate and was required to be restated in the company’s financial statements;

●

the minimum holding or vesting period for variable, equity-based compensation; and

● maximum limits for severance compensation.

The compensation policy must also consider appropriate incentives from a long-term perspective and maximum limits for severance compensation.

  52

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  compensation  committee  is  responsible  for  (1)  recommending  the  compensation  policy  to  a  company’s  board  of  directors  for  its  approval  (and
subsequent  approval  by  our  shareholders)  and  (2)  duties  related  to  the  compensation  policy  and  to  the  compensation  of  a  company’s  office  holders  as  well  as
functions previously fulfilled by a company’s audit committee with respect to matters related to approval of the terms of engagement of office holders, including:

●

●

●

●

recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then-current policy has a term of greater than three years (approval of
either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years);

recommending to the board of directors periodic updates to the compensation policy;

assessing implementation of the compensation policy; and

determining whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer of the company need not be brought to approval of the shareholders.

Nasdaq
Stock
Market
Requirements
for
Compensation
Committee

Under Nasdaq rules, we are required to maintain a compensation committee consisting of at least two members, all of whom are independent. In addition,
in affirmatively determining the independence of any director who will serve on the compensation committee of a board of directors, the board of directors must
consider  all  factors  specifically  relevant  to  determining  whether  a  director  has  a  relationship  to  the  company  which  is  material  to  that  director’s  ability  to  be
independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.

As noted  above,  the  members  of  our  compensation  committee  include  Mr.  Roni  Kleinfeld,  Ms.  Irit  Ben-Ami  and  Mr.  Eli  Yoresh,  each  of  whom is

“independent,” as such term is defined under Nasdaq rules. Mr. Roni Kleinfeld serves as the chairman of our compensation committee.

Internal
Auditor

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors must also appoint an internal auditor nominated by the audit committee. Our internal auditor is Daniel
Spira. The role of the internal auditor is to examine whether a company’s actions comply with the law and proper business procedure. The internal auditor may not
be an interested party or office holder, or a relative of any interested party or office holder, and may not be a member of the company’s independent accounting
firm or its representative. The Companies Law defines an interested party as a holder of 5% or more of the shares or voting rights of a company, any person or
entity that has the right to nominate or appoint at least one director or the general manager of the company or any person who serves as a director or as the general
manager of a company. Our internal auditor is not our employee, but the managing partner of a firm which specializes in internal auditing.

Remuneration
of
Directors

Under the Companies Law, remuneration of directors is subject to the approval of the compensation committee (until recently of the audit committee),
thereafter  by  the  board  of  directors  and  thereafter  by  the  general  meeting  of  the  shareholders.  In  case  the  remuneration  of  the  directors  is  in  accordance  with
regulation applicable to remuneration of the external directors then such remuneration shall be exempt from the approval of the general meeting.

Insurance

Under the Companies Law, a company may obtain insurance for any of its office holders for:

●

●

●

a breach of his or her duty of care to the company or to another person;

a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable cause to assume that his
or her act would not prejudice the company’s interests; and

a financial liability imposed upon him or her in favor of another person concerning an act performed by such office holder in his or her capacity as an
officer holder.

We currently have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, providing total coverage of $12,500,000 for the benefit of all of our directors and officers, in

respect of which we paid a twelve-month premium of approximately $75,000, which expires on October 3, 2019.

  53

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On November  3,  and  November  7,  2016,  respectively,  our  compensation  committee  and  board  of  directors  approved  our  purchase  of  a  professional
liability insurance policy for our current and future directors and officers, who may be appointed from time to time. As required by the Companies Law, this matter
was submitted to a vote, and approved by our shareholders on December 26, 2016. The approved terms allow us to obtain insurance with an annual premium that
may not exceed a total of $100,000, and maximum coverage up to $30 million.

Indemnification

The Companies Law provides that a company may indemnify an office holder against:

●

●

●

a financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person by any judgment concerning an act performed in his or her capacity as an office
holder;

reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expended by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against
him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (1) no indictment (as defined in the Companies Law)
was  filed  against  such  office  holder  as  a  result  of  such  investigation  or  proceeding;  and  (2)  no  financial  liability  as  a  substitute  for  the  criminal
proceeding  (as defined in the Companies Law) was imposed upon him or her as a result of such investigation  or proceeding,  or, if such financial
liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and

reasonable  litigation  expenses,  including  attorneys’  fees,  expended  by  the  office  holder  or  charged  to  him  or  her  by  a  court  relating  to  an  act
performed in his or her capacity as an office holder, in connection with: (1) proceedings that the company institutes, or that another person institutes
on the company’s behalf, against him or her; (2) a criminal charge of which he or she was acquitted; or (3) a criminal charge for which he or she was
convicted for a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal thought.

Our amended and restated  articles of association  allow us to indemnify our office holders up to a certain  amount. The Companies Law also permits a
company  to  undertake  in  advance  to  indemnify  an  office  holder,  provided  that  if  such  indemnification  relates  to  financial  liability  imposed  on  him  or  her,  as
described above, then the undertaking should be limited:

●

●

to  categories  of  events  that  the  board  of  directors  determines  are  likely  to  occur  in  light  of  the  operations  of  the  company  at  the  time  that  the
undertaking to indemnify is made; and

in amount or criterion determined by the board of directors, at the time of the giving of such undertaking to indemnify, to be reasonable under the
circumstances.

We  have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  all  of  our  directors  and  with  certain  members  of  our  senior  management.  Each  such
indemnification agreement provides the office holder with indemnification permitted under applicable law and up to a certain amount, and to the extent that these
liabilities are not covered by directors and officers insurance.

Exculpation

Under the  Companies  Law,  an  Israeli  company  may  not  exculpate  an  office  holder  from  liability  for  a  breach  of  his  or  her  duty  of  loyalty,  but may
exculpate in advance an office holder from his or her liability to the company, in whole or in part, for a breach of his or her duty of care (other than in relation to
distributions). Our amended and restated articles of association provide that we may exculpate any office holder from liability to us to the fullest extent permitted
by law. Under the indemnification agreements, we exculpate and release our office holders from any and all liability to us related to any breach by them of their
duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law.

  54

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limitations

The Companies Law provides that we may not exculpate or indemnify an office holder nor enter into an insurance contract that would provide coverage
for  any  liability  incurred  as  a  result  of  any  of  the  following:  (1)  a  breach  by  the  office  holder  of  his  or  her  duty  of  loyalty  unless  (in  the  case  of  indemnity  or
insurance only, but not exculpation) the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice us; (2) a breach by
the office holder of his or her duty of care if the breach was carried out intentionally or recklessly (as opposed to merely negligently); (3) any action taken with the
intent to derive an illegal personal benefit; or (4) any fine levied against the office holder.

The foregoing descriptions summarize the material aspects and practices of our board of directors. For additional details, we also refer you to the full text
of the Companies Law, as well as of our amended and restated articles of association, which are exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F and are incorporated
herein by reference.

There  are  no  service  contracts  between  us  or  our  subsidiaries,  on  the  one  hand,  and  our  directors  in  their  capacity  as  directors,  on  the  other  hand,

providing for benefits upon termination of service.

D. Employees.

As of December 31, 2016, we had four senior management, full-time employees, who also served as directors in our Company. In addition, we had 65

full-time employees and 16 part-time employees, all located in Israel.

As of December 31, 2017, we had three senior management, full-time employees, two of whom also served as directors in our Company. In addition, we

had 89 full-time employees and two part-time employees. One employee was located in the United States and the rest were located in Israel.

As of December 31, 2018, we have four senior management, full-time employees, two of whom also serve as directors in our Company. In addition, we
have 91 full-time employees and eight part-time employees. Four employees are located in Hong Kong, 11 employees are located in the United States and the rest
are located in Israel.

None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that we maintain good relations with

all of our employees. However, in Israel, we are subject to certain Israeli labor laws, regulations and national labor court precedent rulings, as well as certain
provisions of collective bargaining agreements applicable to us by virtue of extension orders issued in accordance with relevant labor laws by the Israeli Ministry
of Economy and which apply such agreement provisions to our employees even though they are not part of a union that has signed a collective bargaining
agreement.

E. Share Ownership.

The following  table  lists  as  of  March  13,  2019,  the  number  of  our  shares  beneficially  owned  by  each  of  our  directors,  our  executive  officers and our

directors and executive officers as a group:

Executive Officers and Directors

Avi Reichental

Amit Dror

Simon Anthony-Fried

Yael Sandler

Dr. Jaim Nulman

Additional Directors

Irit Ben-Ami

Ofir Baharav

Roni Kleinfeld

Abraham Nahmias

Eli Yoresh

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)

Percent of
Class (2)

543,750(9)   

2,899,574(3)   

2,692,001(4)   

224,167(5)   

183,333(6)   

120,000(7)   

250,000(8)   

120,000(7)   

120,000(7)   

355,082(7)   

* 

1.6%

1.5%

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

7,507,907 

4.2%

*

Less than 1%.

  55

   
   
 
 
(1) Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  generally  includes  voting  or  investment  power  with  respect  to  securities.
Ordinary  Shares  relating  to  options  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  60  days  of  the  date  of  this  table  are  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the
percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by
footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

(3)
(4)
(5)

(2) The  percentages  shown  are  based  on  178,452,661  Ordinary  Shares  issued  and  outstanding  as  of  March  13,  2019  plus  Ordinary  Shares  relating  to  options
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table, which are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding
such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.
Includes options to purchase 514,583 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 5.50 per share.
Includes options to purchase 504,167 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 5.50 per share.
Includes  options  to  purchase  120,000  Ordinary  Shares  at  an  exercise  price  of  NIS  1.65  per  share  and  options  to  purchase  104,167  Ordinary  Shares  at  an
exercise price of NIS 5.50 per share.
Includes options to purchase 183,333 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 1.01 per share.
Includes options to purchase 120,000 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 5.50 per share.
Includes options to purchase 250,000 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 6.75 per share.
Includes options to purchase 183,333 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of NIS 6.50 per share and options to purchase 10,417 Ordinary Shares at an exercise
price of NIS 5.50 per share.

(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

Stock Option Plans

2015
Stock
Option
Plan

We maintain one equity incentive plan – our 2015 Stock Option Plan, or the 2015 Plan. As of March 13, 2019, the number of Ordinary Shares reserved
for the exercise of options granted under the plan was 4,872,974. In addition, options to purchase 7,127,026 Ordinary Shares were issued and outstanding. Of such
outstanding options, options to purchase 4,123,666 Ordinary Shares were vested as of that date, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.14 per share.

  56

 
  
 
 
 
 
Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in February 2015, and expires on February 2025. Our employees, directors, officer,  consultants,

advisors, suppliers and any other person or entity whose services are considered valuable to us are eligible to participate in this plan.

Our 2015 Plan is administered by our board of directors, regarding the granting of options and the terms of option grants, including exercise price, method
of payment, vesting schedule, acceleration of vesting and the other matters necessary in the administration of these plan. Eligible Israeli employees, officers and
directors,  would  qualify  for  provisions  of  Section  102(b)(2)  of  the  Israeli  Income  Tax  Ordinance,  or  the  Tax  Ordinance.  Pursuant  to  such  Section  102(b)(2),
qualifying options and shares issued upon exercise of such options are held in trust and registered in the name of a trustee selected by the board of directors. The
trustee may not release these options or shares to the holders thereof for two years from the date of the registration of the options in the name of the trustee. Under
Section 102, any tax payable by an employee from the grant or exercise of the options is deferred until the transfer of the options or ordinary shares by the trustee
to the employee or upon the sale of the options or ordinary shares, and gains may qualify to be taxed as capital gains at a rate equal to 25%, subject to compliance
with  specified  conditions.  Our  Israeli  non-employee  service  providers  and  controlling  shareholders  may  only  be  granted  options  under  Section  3(9)  of  the  Tax
Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits. The 2015 Plan also permits the grant to Israeli grantees of options that do not qualify under Section
102(b)(2).

Upon termination of employment for any other reason, other than in the event of death, disability, all unvested options will expire and all vested options
will generally be exercisable for 6 months following termination, or such other period as determined by the plan administrator, subject to the terms of the 2015
Plan and the governing option agreement.

Upon termination of employment due to death or disability, all the vested options at the time of termination will be exercisable for 12 months, or such

other period as determined by the plan administrator, subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan and the governing option agreement.

On March 13, 2019, our board of directors adopted an appendix to the 2015 Plan for U.S. residents. Under this appendix, the 2015 Plan provides for the
granting of options to U.S. residents in compliance with the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. At our next shareholders meeting, we intend to bring
the 2015 Plan together with the appendix to the vote of our shareholders.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

The following table presents as of March 13, 2019 (unless otherwise noted below), the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares by each person who is
known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares (to whom we refer as our Major Shareholders). The data presented is
based on information provided to us by the Major Shareholders or disclosed in public regulatory filings.

  57

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Except where otherwise indicated, and except pursuant to community property laws, we believe, based on information furnished by such owners, that the
beneficial owners of the shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with respect to, and the sole right to receive the economic benefit of ownership
of, such shares. The shareholders listed below do not have any different voting rights from any of our other shareholders. We know of no arrangements that would,
at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

Name
Iroquois Capital Management L.L.C., Richard Abbe and Kimberly Page (3)
Itshak Sharon (Tshuva), Delek Group Ltd. and Phoenix Holdings Ltd. (4)
AIGH Capital Management, LLC, AIGH Investment Partners, L.L.C. and Mr. Orin Hirschman (5)

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(1)

Percent of
Class(2)

25,665,750     
19,086,563     
17,480,594     

13.2%
10.1%
9.6%

(1) Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  generally  includes  voting  or  investment  power  with  respect  to  securities.
Ordinary  Shares  relating  to  options  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  60  days  of  the  date  of  this  table  are  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the
percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

(2) The percentages shown are based on 178,452,661 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of March 13, 2019.
(3) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019, the holder is the beneficial owner of 9,333,000 Ordinary Shares. In addition, in a recent
public  offering,  we  issued  to  the  holder  rights  to  purchase  and  warrants  to  purchase  additional  Ordinary  Shares.  The  principal  business  office  of  the
shareholders is 205 East 42nd Street, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(4) Based on information provided to us by Phoenix Holdings Ltd., consists of 9,286,568 Ordinary Shares and 9,799,995 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise
of outstanding warrants and rights to purchase currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 13, 2019. The address of Itshak Sharon (Tshuva)
and  Delek  Group  Ltd.  is  19  Abba  Eban  blvd,  P.O.B.  2054,  Herzliya,  4612001,  Israel.  The  address  of  the  Phoenix  Holdings  Ltd.  is  Derech  Hashalom  53,
Givataim, 53454, Israel.

(5) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 8, 2019, and which reflects holdings as of February 5, 2019. The address of all of these shareholders
is 6006 Berkeley Avenue Baltimore MD 21209. In a recent public offering, we issued to the holder rights to purchase and warrants to purchase additional
Ordinary Shares, which rights to purchase and warrants contain a beneficial ownership limitation that prohibits the holder from exercising such securities if
doing so would result in the holder beneficially owning more than 9.99 of our Ordinary Shares outstanding.

Changes
in
Percentage
Ownership
by
Major
Shareholders

As reported  on  the  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Iroquois  Capital  Management  L.L.C.,  Richard  Abbe  and  Kimberly  Page,  acquired  beneficial  ownership of

25,665,750 Ordinary Shares, representing 13.2% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. 

As  reported  on  the  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Itshak  Sharon  (Tshuva),  Delek  Group  Ltd.  and  Phoenix  Holdings  Ltd.,  acquired  beneficial  ownership  of

19,086,563 Ordinary Shares, representing 10.1% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. 

As reported  on  the  Schedule  13G  filed  by  AIGH  Capital  Management,  LLC,  AIGH  Investment  Partners,  L.L.C.  and  Mr.  Orin  Hirschman,  acquired

beneficial ownership of 17,480,594 Ordinary Shares, representing 9.6% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. 

Record
Holders

Based upon a review of the information provided to us by our transfer agent, as of March 13, 2019, there were a total of 4 holders of record of our shares,
of which 1 record holder holding 4 shares, or approximately 0.000002% of our outstanding shares had a registered address in the United States, and the remaining
3 holders had registered addresses in Israel. Based upon a review of the information provided to us by The Bank of New York Mellon, the depository of the ADSs,
as of March 12, 2019, there were 74 holders of record of the ADSs on record with the Depository Trust Company.

These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders reside,

since many of these shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees.

The Company is not controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any natural or legal persons except as set forth herein, and here
are  no  arrangements  known  to  the  Company  which  would  result  in  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  at  a  subsequent  date.  See  “Item  7.B.  Related  Party
Transactions – Shareholders Agreement” for information regarding a voting agreement among certain of our shareholders.

B. Related Party Transactions

Employment
Agreements

We  have  entered  into  written  employment  agreements  with  each  of  our  executive  officers.  All  of  these  agreements  contain  customary  provisions
regarding  noncompetition,  confidentiality  of  information  and  assignment  of  inventions.  However,  the  enforceability  of  the  noncompetition  provisions  may  be
limited under applicable law. In addition, we have entered into agreements with each executive officer and director pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify
each of them up to a certain amount and to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by directors and officers insurance.

  58

 
  
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options

Since our inception we have granted options to purchase our Ordinary Shares to our officers and certain of our directors. Such option agreements may
contain acceleration provisions upon certain merger, acquisition, or change of control transactions. We describe our option plans under “Share Ownership—Stock
Option  Plans.”  If  the  relationship  between  us  and  an  executive  officer  or  a  director  is  terminated,  except  for  cause  (as  defined  in  the  various  option  plan
agreements), options that are vested will generally remain exercisable for 90 days after such termination.

Public
Offering
of
Securities

In February 2018, we entered into an underwriting agreement with National Securities Corporation, as representative of the underwriters named therein,
for a firm commitment public offering of ADSs. The price to the public was $2.00 per ADS and aggregate gross proceeds of the offering were approximately $13.8
million.  Avi Reichental,  the Chairman  of  our  board  of  directors  purchased  an  aggregated  amount  of approximately  $140,000 of  ADSs in the  offering  from  the
underwriters at the public offering price. The underwriters received the same underwriting discounts and commissions on the ADSs purchased by Mr. Reichental
as they did on the other ADSs sold in the offering.

Professional
Services
Agreement

In December 2017, Nano USA entered into a professional services agreement with XponentialWorks Inc., or XponentialWorks, a company controlled by
our  Co-Chairman,  Mr.  Avi  Reichental.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  XponentialWorks  will  provide  Nano  USA  with  a  showroom  in  Venture,  CA  to  be  used  for
reseller recruiting and training activities as well as a key customer acquisition demo room and benchmark production center, and relevant maintenance services. In
addition, XponentialWorks will provide additional services as follows: (i) part time services of a senior manager and an application engineer; (ii) integrate Nano
USA  into  its  curated  marketing  events;  and  (iii)  services  of  senior  material  scientist  and  associated  tools  and  facilities  for  case  studies,  publication  and  digital
marketing services. In consideration of such services we pay XponentialWorks a monthly fee of $8,000.

Open
Innovation
Services
Agreement

In December 2017, Nano USA entered into an open innovation services agreement with XponentialWorks, including on behalf of Techniplas Digital and
Techniplas  Inc.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  XponentialWorks  will  provide  Nano  USA  with  the  following:  (i)  full  membership  in  the  Techniplas  additive
manufacturing innovation center; (ii) include Nano USA in XponentialWorks’ and Techniplas’ websites as a partner; (iii) prepare at least six automotive centric
case studies for our marketing and sales use and publication on an annual basis; (iv) provide Nano USA with end-user customer testimonials; and (iii) produce
videos that convey XponentialWorks’ strong endorsement of Nano USA’s brand and capabilities. In consideration of such services, we will grant XponentialWorks
access to one DragonFly Pro 3D printer with associated materials for the entire term of the agreement.

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

From time  to  time,  we  are  involved  in  various  routine  legal  proceedings  incidental  to  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  We  do  not  believe that the
outcomes of these legal proceedings have had in the recent past, or will have (with respect to any pending proceedings), significant effects on our financial position
or profitability.

  59

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Ordinary Shares and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Payment  of  cash  dividends,  if  any,  in  the  future  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  then-existing  conditions,  including  our
financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

Payment of dividends may be subject to Israeli withholding taxes. See “Item 10.E. Taxation”, for additional information.

B. Significant Changes

No  significant  change,  other  than  as  otherwise  described  in  this  annual  report  on  Form  20-F,  has  occurred  in  our  operations  since  the  date  of  our

consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our Ordinary Shares have been trading on the TASE under the symbol “NNDM” since 1977. Our ADSs commenced trading on the OTCQB and OTCQX
under the symbol “NNDMY” on July 29, 2015, and September 17, 2015, respectively. On March 7, 2016, our ADSs, each of which represents five of our Ordinary
Shares, commenced trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NNDM.”

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our Ordinary Shares are listed on the TASE. Our ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

  60

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 52-002910-9.

Purposes
and
Objects
of
the
Company

Our purpose is set forth in Section 8 of our amended and restated articles of association and includes every lawful purpose.

The
Powers
of
the
Directors

Our board of directors shall direct our policy and shall supervise the performance of our chief executive officer and his actions. Our board of directors
may exercise all powers that are not required under the Companies Law or under our amended and restated articles of association to be exercised or taken by our
shareholders.

Rights
Attached
to
Shares

Our Ordinary Shares shall confer upon the holders thereof:

●

●

equal  right  to  attend  and  to  vote  at  all  of  our  general  meetings,  whether  regular  or  special,  with  each  Ordinary  Share  entitling  the  holder  thereof,
which attend the meeting and participate at the voting, either in person or by a proxy or by a written ballot, to one vote;

equal  right  to  participate  in  distribution  of  dividends,  if  any,  whether  payable  in  cash  or  in  bonus  shares,  in  distribution  of  assets  or  in  any  other
distribution, on a per share pro rata basis; and

●

equal right to participate, upon our dissolution, in the distribution of our assets legally available for distribution, on a per share pro rata basis.

Shareholder’s
rights
of
inspection
of
the
Company
records

Pursuant to the Companies Law, shareholders have the right to inspect our documents that are specified below:

(1) minutes of the general meetings;

(2) our shareholders register and the register of substantial shareholders;

(3) a document in our possession, relating to an act or transaction with interested parties that requires approval by the general meeting;

(4) Articles of Association and financial reports; and

(5) any document that we must submit under the Companies Law and under any statute to the Companies Registrar or to the Israeli Securities Authority

and that is available for public inspection at the Companies Registrar or the Israeli Securities Authority, as the case may be.

  61

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Election
of
Directors

Pursuant  to  our  amended  and  restated  articles  of  association,  our  directors  are  elected  at  an  annual  general  meeting  or  at  a  special  meeting,  of  our
shareholders and serve on the Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting or until they resign or until they cease to act as board members pursuant to
the  provisions  of  the our  amended  and restated  articles  of  association  or any  applicable  law,  upon the  earlier.  In addition,  our amended and restated articles of
association allow our Board of Directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies and/or as an addition to the Board of Directors (subject to the maximum number of
directors) to serve until the next annual general meeting or earlier if required by our amended and restated articles of association or applicable law, upon the earlier.

Annual
and
Special
Meetings

Under the Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year, at such time and place which shall
be determined by our Board of Directors, which must be no later than 15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All meetings other than the
annual general meeting of shareholders are referred to as special general meetings. Our Board of Directors may call special meetings whenever it sees fit and upon
the  written  request  of:  (a)  any  two  of  our  directors  or  of  one  quarter  of  the  members  of  the  Board  in  office  at  such  time;  and/or  (b)  one  or  more  shareholders
holding, in the aggregate, 5% of our outstanding voting power.

Resolutions regarding the following matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

amendments to our amended and restated articles of association;

the exercise of our Board of Director’s powers if our Board of Directors is unable to exercise its powers;

appointment or termination of our auditors;

appointment of directors;

approval of acts and transactions requiring general meeting approval pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law and any other applicable law;

increases or reductions of our authorized share capital; and

a merger (as such term is defined in the Companies Law).

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Notices

The Companies Law requires that a notice of any annual or special shareholders meeting be provided at least 21 days prior to the meeting, and if the
agenda  of  the  meeting  includes  the  appointment  or  removal  of  directors,  the  approval  of  transactions  with  office  holders  or  interested  or  related  parties,  or an
approval of a merger, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting.

Quorum

The quorum required for our general meetings consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or written ballot, who hold or represent
between them at least 25% of the total outstanding voting rights (instead of 33 1/3% of the issued share capital required under the Nasdaq Listing Rules). If within
half an hour of the time appointed for the general meeting a quorum is not present, the general meeting shall stand adjourned the same day of the following week,
at the same hour and in the same place, or to such other date, time and place as prescribed in the notice to the shareholders and in such adjourned meeting, if no
quorum is present within half an hour of the time arranged, any number of shareholders participating in the meeting, shall constitute a quorum.

  62

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If a general meeting was summoned following the request of a shareholder, then a quorum required in an adjourned general meeting, shall consist of at
least one or more shareholders, which  holds  and  represents  at  least  5%  of  the  company’s  issued  and  outstanding  share  capital  and  at  least  1%  of  the  company
voting rights, or one or more shareholder, which holds at least 5% of the Company’s voting rights.

Adoption
of
Resolutions

Our amended and restated articles of association provide that all resolutions in our shareholders’ meetings require a simple majority of the vote of the
shareholders attending the general meeting, unless otherwise required under the Companies Law or our amended and restated articles of association. A shareholder
of the Company may vote in a general meeting in person, by proxy or by a written ballot. Our amended and restated articles of association  do not provide our
shareholders with any cumulative voting rights.

Changing
Rights
Attached
to
Shares

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the shares and subject to any applicable law, in order to change the rights attached to any class of shares, such
change must be adopted by the Board of Directors and at a general meeting of the affected class or by a written consent of all the shareholders of the affected class.

The  enlargement  of  an  existing  class  of  shares  or  the  issuance  of  additional  shares  thereof,  shall  not  be  deemed  to  modify  the  rights  attached  to  the

previously issued shares of such class or of any other class, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the shares.

Limitations
on
the
Right
to
Own
Securities
in
Our
Company

There are no limitations on the right to own our securities.

Provisions
Restricting
Change
in
Control
of
Our
Company

There  are  no  specific  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  articles  of  association  that  would  have  an  effect  of  delaying,  deferring  or  preventing  a
change in control of the Company or that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving us (or our Subsidiaries).
However, as described below, certain provisions of the Companies Law may have such effect.

The Companies Law includes provisions that allow a merger transaction and requires that each company that is a party to the merger have the transaction
approved by its Board of Directors and a vote of the majority of its shares. For purposes of the shareholder vote of each party, unless a court rules otherwise, the
merger will not be deemed approved if shares representing a majority of the voting power present at the shareholders meeting and which are not held by the other
party to the merger (or by any person who holds 25% or more of the voting power or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party) vote
against the merger. Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists
a reasonable concern that as a result of the merger the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of any of the parties to the merger. In addition, a
merger  may not be completed  unless at least (1) 50 days have passed from the time that the requisite  proposals for  approval of the merger were filed with the
Israeli  Registrar  of  Companies  by  each  merging  company  and  (2)  30  days  have  passed  since  the  merger  was  approved  by  the  shareholders  of  each  merging
company.

The Companies Law also provides that an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a “special” tender offer if as a result of the
acquisition  (1)  the  purchaser  would  become  a  25%  or  greater  shareholder  of  the  company,  unless  there  is  already  another  25%  or  greater  shareholder  of the
company or (2) the purchaser would become a 45% or greater shareholder of the company, unless there is already a 45% or greater shareholder of the company.
These requirements do not apply if, in general, the acquisition (1) was made in a private placement that received a shareholders’ approval as a private placement
intended to make the offeree a 25% or greater shareholder of the company, unless there is already another 25% or greater shareholder of the company or a 45% or
greater  shareholder  of  the  company,  unless  there  is  already  a  45%  or  greater  shareholder  of  the  company,  (2)  was  from  a  25%  or  greater  shareholder  of  the
company which resulted in the acquirer becoming a 25% or greater shareholder of the company, or (3) was from a 45% or greater shareholder of the company
which resulted in the acquirer becoming a 45% or greater shareholder of the company. A “special” tender offer must be extended to all shareholders, but the offeror
is not required to purchase more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. In general, the tender
offer may be consummated only if (1) at least 5% of the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (2) the number of shares tendered in the
offer exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer.

  63

 
 
 
 


 
 


 




 
 
 
If, as a result of an acquisition of shares, the acquirer will hold more than 90% of a company’s outstanding shares, the acquisition must be made by means
of a tender offer for all of the outstanding shares. In general, if less than 5% of the outstanding shares are not tendered in the tender offer and more than half of the
offerees who have no personal interest in the offer tendered their shares, all the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to it. Shareholders
may request from the court appraisal rights in connection with a full tender offer for a period of six months following the consummation of the tender offer, but the
acquirer is entitled to stipulate that tendering shareholders will forfeit such appraisal rights.

The  Companies  Law  provides  that  any  resolution  to  change  the  Articles  of  Association  so  that  a  certain  provision  may  only  be  changed  by  a  special

majority of the shareholders (as shall be defined in such resolution) shall require the same special majority of the shareholders.

As long as our securities are traded on the TASE, we are subject to the provision of Section 46b(2) of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 according to
which any further issuance of our shares will be of the most preferential voting shares; however we may issue preferred shares which grant a preference  in the
distribution of dividends but do not grant voting rights.

Lastly, Israeli tax law treats some acquisitions, such as stock-for-stock exchanges between an Israeli company and a foreign company, less favorably than
U.S.  tax  laws.  For  example,  Israeli  tax  law  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  subject  a  shareholder  who  exchanges  his  Ordinary  Shares  for  shares  in  another
corporation to taxation prior to the sale of the shares received in such stock-for-stock swap.

Changes
in
Our
Capital

The general meeting may, by a simple majority vote of the shareholders attending the general meeting:

●

●

●

●

●

●

increase our registered share capital by the creation of new shares from the existing class or a new class, as determined by the general meeting;

cancel any registered share capital which have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person;

consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger nominal value than our existing shares;

subdivide our existing shares or any of them, our share capital or any of it, into shares of smaller nominal value than is fixed;

reduce our share capital and any fund reserved for capital redemption in any manner, and with and subject to any incident authorized, and consent
required, by the Companies Law; and

reduce shares from our issued and outstanding share capital, in such manner that those shares shall be cancelled and the nominal par value paid for
those shares will be registered on our books as capital fund, which shall be deemed as a premium paid on those shares which shall remain in our
issued and outstanding share capital.

  64

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Material Contracts

Except as set forth below, we have not entered into any material contract within the two years prior to the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, other
than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, or as otherwise described herein in “Item 4.A. History and Development of the Company” above,
“Item 4.B. Business Overview” above, or “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders” above.

February
2019
Financing

On January  31,  2019,  we  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  with  A.G.P./Alliance  Global  Partners,  as  the  underwriters  with  respect  to the public
offering of our ADSs, rights to purchase and warrants that were offered under a registration statement (Registration No. 333-228521). As part of the offering we
issued a total of 16,000,000 units at a purchase price per unit of $0.75. Each unit consists of (i) one ADS, (ii) one warrant to purchase one ADS, or Warrant, and
(iii)  one right to purchase 0.75 of an ADS, or Right to Purchase. The Warrants  have  an exercise  price  of $0.8625 per ADS, and were exercisable  immediately
following the offering  and  will  expire  five  years  from  the  date  of  issuance.  The  Right  to  Purchase  have  an  exercise  price  of  $0.75  per  ADS,  were  exercisable
immediately and will expire six months from the date of issuance.

The net proceeds to the Company were approximately $10.6 million (after deducting underwriters’ fees and other offering-related expenses).

D. Exchange Controls

There are  currently  no  Israeli  currency  control  restrictions  on  payments  of  dividends  or  other  distributions  with  respect  to  our  Ordinary  Shares or the
proceeds from the sale of the shares, except for the obligation of Israeli residents to file reports with the Bank of Israel regarding certain transactions. However,
legislation remains in effect pursuant to which currency controls can be imposed by administrative action at any time.

The ownership  or  voting  of  our  Ordinary  Shares  by non-residents  of  Israel,  except  with  respect  to  citizens  of  countries  that  are  in  a state  of war with

Israel, is not restricted in any way by our memorandum of association or amended and restated articles of association or by the laws of the State of Israel.

  65

 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
E. Taxation.  

Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs

The following is a description of the material Israeli income tax consequences of the ownership of our Ordinary Shares. The following also contains a
description of material relevant provisions of the current Israeli income tax structure applicable to companies in Israel, with reference to its effect on us. To the
extent that the discussion is based on new tax legislation which has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the
tax authorities will accept the views expressed in the discussion in question. The discussion is not intended, and should not be taken, as legal or professional tax
advice and is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations.

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the ownership or disposition of our Ordinary
Shares and ADSs. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of their particular situation, as well as any tax consequences
that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

General
Corporate
Tax
Structure
in
Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax. As of January 2016, the corporate tax rate was 25%. As of January 1, 2017, the corporate tax rate
was reduced to 24% and as of January 1, 2018, the corporate tax rate will be further reduced to 23%. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that
derives income from a Preferred Enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli company are generally subject to the
prevailing corporate tax rate.

Law
for
the
Encouragement
of
Industry
(Taxes),
5729-1969

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits

for “Industrial Companies.”

The Industry Encouragement Law defines an “Industrial Company” as an Israeli resident-company, of which 90% or more of its income in any tax year,
other than income from defense loans, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” owned by it. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise whose principal
activity in a given tax year is industrial production.

The following corporate tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

●

●

●

amortization  of  the  cost  of  purchased  a  patent,  rights  to  use  a  patent,  and  know-how,  which  are  used  for  the  development  or  advancement  of  the
company, over an eight-year period, commencing on the year in which such rights were first exercised;

under limited conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with related Israeli Industrial Companies; and

expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years.

Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not contingent upon approval of any governmental authority.

Tax
Benefits
and
Grants
for
Research
and
Development

Under the Israeli research and development Law, or R&D Law, programs which meet specified criteria and are approved by the IIA are eligible for grants
of up to 50% of the project’s expenditure, as determined by the research committee, in exchange for the payment of royalties from the revenues generated from the
sale of products and related  services  developed, in whole or in part pursuant to, or as a result of, a research  and development  program  funded by the IIA. The
royalties are generally at a range of 3.0% to 5.0% of revenues until the entire IIA grant is repaid, together with an annual interest generally equal to the 12 month
LIBOR applicable to dollar deposits that is published on the first business day of each calendar year.

  66

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The terms  of  the  R&D  Law  also  require  that  the  manufacture  of  products  developed  with  government  grants  be  performed  in  Israel.  The  transfer  of
manufacturing activity outside Israel may be subject to the prior approval of the IIA. Under the regulations of the R&D Law, assuming we receive approval from
the  IIA  to  manufacture  our  IIA  funded  products  outside  Israel,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  increased  royalties.  The  increase  in  royalties  depends  upon  the
manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel as follows:

Manufacturing Volume Outside of Israel

Up to 50%
between 50% and 90%
90% and more

Royalties 
to the Chief 
Scientist as 
a Percentage 
of Grant

120%
150%
300%

If the manufacturing is performed outside of Israel by us, the rate of royalties payable by us on revenues from the sale of products manufactured outside
of Israel will increase by 1% over the regular rates. If the manufacturing is performed outside of Israel by a third party, the rate of royalties payable by us on those
revenues will be equal to the ratio obtained by dividing the amount of the grants received from the Office of the Chief Scientist and our total investment in the
project that was funded by these grants. The transfer of no more than 10% of the manufacturing capacity in the aggregate outside of Israel is exempt under the
R&D Law from obtaining the prior approval of the IIA. A company requesting funds from the IIA also has the option of declaring in its IIA grant application an
intention to perform part of its manufacturing outside Israel, thus avoiding the need to obtain additional approval. On January 6, 2011, the R&D Law was amended
to clarify that the potential increased royalties specified in the table above will apply even in those cases where the IIA approval for transfer of manufacturing
outside  of  Israel  is  not  required,  namely  when  the  volume  of  the  transferred  manufacturing  capacity  is  less  than  10%  of  total  capacity  or  when  the  company
received an advance approval to manufacture abroad in the framework of its IIA grant application.

The know-how developed within the framework of the Chief Scientist plan may not be transferred to third parties outside Israel without the prior approval
of a governmental committee charted under the R&D Law. The approval, however, is not required for the export of any products developed using grants received
from the Chief Scientist. The IIA approval to transfer know-how created, in whole or in part, in connection with an IIA-funded project to third party outside Israel
where the transferring company remains an operating Israeli entity is subject to payment of a redemption fee to the IIA calculated according to a formula provided
under the R&D Law that is based, in general, on the ratio between the aggregate IIA grants to the company’s aggregate investments in the project that was funded
by these IIA grants, multiplied by the transaction consideration. The transfer of such know-how to a party outside Israel where the transferring company ceases to
exist  as  an  Israeli  entity  is  subject  to  a  redemption  fee  formula  that  is  based,  in  general,  on  the  ratio  between  the  aggregate  IIA  grants  to  the  total  financial
investments  in  the  company,  multiplied  by  the  transaction  consideration.  According  to  the  January  2011  amendment,  the  redemption  fee  in  case  of  transfer  of
know-how  to  a  party  outside  Israel  will  be  based  on  the  ratio  between  the  aggregate  IIA  grants  received  by  the  company  and  the  company’s  aggregate R&D
expenses, multiplied by the transaction consideration. According to regulations promulgated following the 2011 amendment, the maximum amount payable to the
IIA in case of transfer of know how outside Israel shall not exceed 6 times the value of the grants received plus interest, and in the event that the receiver of the
grants ceases to be an Israeli corporation such payment shall not exceed 6 times the value of the grants received plus interest, with a possibility to reduce such
payment to up to 3 times the value of the grants received plus interest if the R&D activity remains in Israel for a period of three years after payment to the IIA.

  67

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Transfer of know-how within Israel is subject to an undertaking of the recipient Israeli entity to comply with the provisions of the R&D Law and related
regulations, including the restrictions on the transfer of know-how and the obligation to pay royalties, as further described in the R&D Law and related regulations.

These  restrictions  may  impair  our  ability  to  outsource  manufacturing,  engage  in  change  of  control  transactions  or  otherwise  transfer  our  know-how
outside Israel and may require us to obtain the approval or the IIA for certain actions and transactions and pay additional royalties to the IIA. In particular, any
change of control and any change of ownership of our Ordinary Shares that would make a non-Israeli citizen or resident an “interested party,” as defined in the
R&D Law, requires a prior written notice to the IIA in addition to any payment that may be required of us for transfer of manufacturing or know-how outside
Israel. If we fail to comply with the R&D Law, we may be subject to criminal charges.

Tax
Benefits
for
Research
and
Development

Israeli tax law allows, under certain conditions, a tax deduction for expenditures, including capital expenditures, for the year in which they are incurred.

Expenditures are deemed related to scientific research and development projects, if:

●

●

●

The expenditures are approved by the relevant Israeli government ministry, determined by the field of research;

The research and development must be for the promotion of the company; and

The research and development is carried out by or on behalf of the company seeking such tax deduction.

The  amount  of  such  deductible  expenses  is  reduced  by  the  sum  of  any  funds  received  through  government  grants  for  the  finance  of  such  scientific
research  and  development  projects.  No  deduction  under  these  research  and  development  deduction  rules  is  allowed  if  such  deduction  is  related  to  an  expense
invested in an asset depreciable under the general depreciation rules of the income Tax Ordinance, 1961. Expenditures not so approved are deductible in equal
amounts over three years.

From time to time we may apply the Office of the Chief Scientist for approval to allow a tax deduction for all research and development expenses during

the year incurred. There can be no assurance that such application will be accepted.

Law
for
the
Encouragement
of
Capital
Investments,
5719-1959

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the Investment Law, provides certain incentives for capital

investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets).

Tax
Benefits

The Investment Law grants tax benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its “Preferred Enterprise” (as such terms are defined in
the Investment Law) The definition of a Preferred Company includes a company incorporated in Israel that is not fully owned by a governmental entity, and that
has, among other things, Preferred Enterprise status and is controlled and managed from Israel. A Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of
16% with respect to its income derived by its Preferred Enterprise, unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in a specified development zone, in which case the rate
will be 7.5% as of January 1, 2017.

Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as

may be provided in an applicable tax treaty. However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld.

  68

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxation
of
our
Shareholders

Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders. A non-Israeli resident who derives capital gains from the sale of shares in an Israeli
resident company will be exempt from Israeli tax so long as the shares were not held through a permanent establishment that the non-resident maintains in Israel.
However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if Israeli residents: (i) have a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-
Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries  of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or
indirectly.

Additionally, a sale of securities by a non-Israeli resident may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty. For
example, under Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the State of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income,
as amended (the “United States-Israel Tax Treaty), the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares by a shareholder who is a United States resident (for purposes
of the treaty) holding the shares as a capital asset and is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such a resident by the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty (a “Treaty U.S.
Resident”) is generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax unless: (i) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to real estate
located  in  Israel;  (ii)  the  capital  gain  arising  from  such  sale,  exchange  or  disposition  is  attributed  to  royalties;  (iii)  the  capital  gain  arising  from  the  such  sale,
exchange or disposition is attributed to a permanent establishment in Israel, under certain terms; (iv) such Treaty U.S. Resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares
representing 10% or more of the voting capital during any part of the 12-month period preceding the disposition, subject to certain conditions; or (v) such Treaty
U.S. Resident is an individual and was present in Israel for 183 days or more during the relevant taxable year.

In  some  instances  where  our  shareholders  may  be  liable  for  Israeli  tax  on  the  sale  of  their  ordinary  shares,  the  payment  of  the  consideration  may  be
subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order to
avoid withholding at source at the time of sale.

Taxation of Non-Israeli Shareholders on Receipt of Dividends. Non-Israeli residents are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends
paid  on our Ordinary  Shares  at the  rate  of 25%,  which tax  will  be withheld  at source,  unless  relief  is provided  in a treaty  between  Israel and the shareholder’s
country of residence. With respect to a person who is a “substantial shareholder” at the time of receiving the dividend or on any time during the preceding twelve
months, the applicable tax rate is 30%. A “substantial shareholder” is generally a person who alone or together with such person’s relative or another person who
collaborates with  such  person  on  a  permanent  basis,  holds,  directly  or  indirectly,  at  least  10%  of  any  of  the  “means  of  control”  of the corporation.  “Means of
control” generally include the right to vote, receive profits, nominate a director or an executive officer, receive assets upon liquidation, or order someone who holds
any of the aforesaid rights how to act, regardless of the source of such right. However, a distribution of dividends to non-Israeli residents is subject to withholding
tax  at  source  at  a  rate  of  20%  if  the  dividend  is  distributed  from  income  attributed  to  a  Preferred  Enterprise,  unless  a  reduced  tax  rate  is  provided  under  an
applicable tax treaty. For example, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld at source in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of
our Ordinary Shares who is a Treaty U.S. Resident is 25%. However, generally, the maximum rate of withholding tax on dividends, not generated by a Preferred
Enterprise, that are paid to a United States corporation holding 10% or more of the outstanding voting capital throughout the tax year in which the dividend is
distributed as well as during the previous tax year, is 12.5%, provided that not more than 25% of the gross income for such preceding year consists of certain types
of dividends and interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends distributed from income attributed to an Preferred Enterprise are not entitled to such reduction
under the tax treaty but are subject to a withholding tax rate of 15% for a shareholder that is a U.S. corporation, provided that the condition related to our gross
income for the previous year (as set forth in the previous sentence) is met. If the dividend is attributable partly to income derived from a Preferred Enterprise, and
partly to other sources of income, the withholding rate will be a blended rate reflecting the relative portions of the two types of income. We cannot assure you that
we will designate the profits that we may distribute in a way that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.

  69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Tax Considerations

U.S.
Federal
Income
Tax
Considerations

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT
BE CONSIDERED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. EACH U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE
PARTICULAR  U.S.  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF  THE  PURCHASE,  OWNERSHIP  AND  SALE  OF  ORDINARY  SHARES  AND
AMERICAN  DEPOSITORY  SHARES,  INCLUDING  THE  EFFECTS  OF  APPLICABLE  STATE,  LOCAL,  FOREIGN  OR  OTHER  TAX  LAWS  AND
POSSIBLE CHANGES IN THE TAX LAWS.

Subject to the limitations described in the next paragraph, the following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a
“U.S. Holder” arising from the purchase, ownership and sale of the Ordinary Shares and ADSs. For this purpose, a “U.S. Holder” is a holder of Ordinary Shares or
ADSs that is: (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or
meets the substantial presence residency test under U.S. federal income tax laws; (2) a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) or a partnership (other than a partnership that is not treated as a U.S. person under any applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) created or organized under
the laws of the United States or the District of Columbia or any political subdivision thereof; (3) an estate, the income of which is includable in gross income for
U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of source; (4) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration
of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (5) a trust that has a valid election in effect to be treated
as a U.S. person to the extent provided in U.S. Treasury regulations.

This summary  is for general  information  purposes  only  and  does  not  purport  to  be  a  comprehensive  description  of  all  of  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax
considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase our Ordinary Shares or ADSs. This summary generally considers only U.S. Holders that will own our
Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets. Except to the limited extent discussed below, this summary does not consider the U.S. federal tax consequences to a
person that is not a U.S. Holder, nor does it describe the rules applicable to determine a taxpayer’s status as a U.S. Holder. This summary is based on the provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative
and judicial interpretations thereof, and the U.S./Israel Income Tax Treaty, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a
retroactive basis, and all of which are open to differing interpretations. We will not seek a ruling from the IRS with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment
of an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs by U.S. Holders and, therefore, can provide no assurances that the IRS will agree with the conclusions set forth
below.

This discussion does not address all of the aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder based on such holder’s
particular  circumstances  and  in  particular  does  not  discuss  any  estate,  gift,  generation-skipping,  transfer,  state,  local,  excise  or  foreign  tax  considerations.  In
addition, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a U.S. Holder who is: (1) a bank, life insurance company, regulated investment
company, or other financial institution or “financial services entity”; (2) a broker or dealer in securities or foreign currency; (3) a person who acquired our Ordinary
Shares or ADSs in connection with employment or other performance of services; (4) a U.S. Holder that is subject to the U.S. alternative minimum tax; (5) a U.S.
Holder  that holds  our Ordinary  Shares  or ADSs as a hedge  or as part of a hedging,  straddle,  conversion or constructive  sale transaction  or other risk-reduction
transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (6) a tax-exempt entity; (7) real estate investment trusts or grantor trusts; (8) a U.S. Holder that expatriates out of
the United States or a former long-term resident of the United States; or (9) a person having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. This discussion does
not address the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a U.S. Holder that owns, directly or constructively, at any time, Ordinary Shares or ADSs representing 10% or
more of our voting power. Additionally, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of persons who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs through a partnership or other pass-
through entity are not considered.

  70

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Each prospective investor is advised  to consult  his or her own tax adviser  for  the specific  tax consequences  to that  investor  of purchasing,  holding or

disposing of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including the effects of applicable state, local, foreign or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.

Taxation
of
Dividends
Paid
on
Ordinary
Shares
  or
ADSs

We  do  not  intend  to  pay  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  In  the  event  that  we  do  pay  dividends,  and  subject  to  the  discussion  under  the  heading
“Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, a U.S. Holder, other than certain U.S. Holder’s that are U.S. corporations, will be required to include in gross
income as ordinary income the amount of any distribution paid on Ordinary Shares or ADSs (including the amount of any Israeli tax withheld on the date of the
distribution), to  the  extent  that  such  distribution  does  not  exceed  our  current  and  accumulated  earnings  and  profits,  as  determined  for  U.S.  federal  income tax
purposes. The amount of a distribution which exceeds our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital, reducing the U.S. Holder’s tax
basis for the Ordinary Shares to the extent thereof, and then capital gain. Corporate holders generally will not be allowed a deduction for dividends received. We
do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles and, therefore, U.S. Holder’s should expect that the
entire amount of any distribution generally will be reported as dividend income.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA. The TCJA provides a 100% deduction for the foreign-
source portion of dividends received from “specified 10-percent owned foreign corporations” by U.S. corporate holders, subject to a one-year holding period. No
foreign tax credit, including Israeli withholding tax (or deduction for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying dividends) would be permitted for foreign taxes
paid or accrued with respect to a qualifying dividend. Deduction would be unavailable for “hybrid dividends.” The dividend received deduction enacted under the
TCJA may not apply to dividends from a passive foreign investment company, as discussed below.

In general, preferential tax rates for “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains are applicable for U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or
trusts. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means, inter alia, dividends received from a “qualified foreign corporation.” A “qualified foreign corporation”
is a corporation that is entitled to the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which includes an exchange of information program. The IRS
has stated that the Israel/U.S. Tax Treaty satisfies this requirement and we believe we are eligible for the benefits of that treaty.

In addition, our dividends will be qualified dividend income if our Ordinary Shares or ADSs are readily tradable on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another
established securities market in the United States. Dividends will not qualify for the preferential rate if we are treated, in the year the dividend is paid or in the prior
year, as a PFIC, as described  below under “Passive Foreign Investment  Companies”. A U.S. Holder will  not be entitled  to the preferential  rate: (1) if the U.S.
Holder has not held our Ordinary Shares or ADSs for at least 61 days of the 121 day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the ex-dividend date, or
(2) to the extent the U.S. Holder is under an obligation to make related payments on substantially similar property. Any days during which the U.S. Holder has
diminished its risk of loss on our Ordinary Shares or ADSs are not counted towards meeting the 61-day holding period. Finally, U.S. Holders who elect to treat the
dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Code section 163(d)(4) will not be eligible for the preferential rate of taxation.

The  amount  of  a  distribution  with  respect  to  our  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  will  be  measured  by  the  amount  of  the  fair  market  value  of  any  property
distributed, and for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom. Cash distributions paid by us in NIS will be included in
the income of U.S. Holders at a U.S. dollar amount based upon the spot rate of exchange in effect on the date the dividend is includible in the income of the U.S.
Holder, and U.S. Holders will have a tax basis in such NIS for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to such U.S. dollar value. If the U.S. Holder subsequently
converts the NIS into U.S. dollars or otherwise disposes of it, any subsequent gain or loss in respect of such NIS arising from exchange rate fluctuations will be
U.S. source ordinary exchange gain or loss.

Distributions paid by us will generally be foreign source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally be considered passive category
income for such purposes. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Code, and the TCJA, U.S. Holders may elect to claim a foreign tax credit against their U.S.
federal  income  tax  liability  for  Israeli  income  tax  withheld  from  distributions  received  in  respect  of  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs.  The  rules  relating  to  the
determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine whether, and to what extent,
they  are  entitled  to  such  credit.  U.S.  Holders  that  do  not  elect  to  claim  a  foreign  tax  credit  may  instead  claim  a  deduction  for  Israeli  income  taxes  withheld,
provided such U.S. Holders itemize their deductions.

Taxation
of
the
Disposition
of
Ordinary
Shares
or
ADSs

Except as provided under the PFIC rules described below under “Passive Foreign Investment Companies”, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of
our Ordinary Shares or ADSs, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis for the
Ordinary Shares or ADSs in U.S. dollars and the amount realized on the disposition in U.S. dollar (or its U.S. dollar equivalent determined by reference to the spot
rate of exchange on the date of disposition, if the amount realized is denominated in a foreign currency ). The gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder  has a holding period of more than one year at the time of the
disposition.

  71

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Gain realized by a U.S. Holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs will generally be treated as U.S. source income for
U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. A loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs is generally allocated to
U.S.  source  income.  The  deductibility  of  a  loss  realized  on  the  sale,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  is  subject to  limitations.  An
additional 3.8% net investment income tax (described below) may apply to gains recognized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Ordinary
Shares or ADS by certain U.S. Holders who meet certain income thresholds.

Passive
Foreign
Investment
Companies

Special U.S. federal income tax laws apply to U.S. taxpayers who own shares of a corporation that is a PFIC. We will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal

income tax purposes for any taxable year that either:

●

75% or more of our gross income (including our pro rata share of gross income for any company, in which we are considered to own 25% or more of
the shares by value), in a taxable year is passive; or

● At least 50% of our assets, averaged over the year and generally determined based upon fair market value (including our pro rata share of the assets
of any company in which we are considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value) are held for the production of, or produce, passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally consists of dividends, interest, rents, royalties, annuities and income from certain commodities transactions

and from notional principal contracts. Cash is treated as generating passive income.

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. The tests for determining
PFIC status are applied annually, and it is difficult to make accurate projections of future income and assets which are relevant to this determination. In addition,
our  PFIC  status  may  depend  in  part  on  the  market  value  of  our  Ordinary  Shares.  Accordingly,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  currently  are  not  or  will  not
become a PFIC.

If we currently are or become a PFIC, each U.S. Holder who has not elected to treat us as a QEF by making a “QEF election”, or who has not elected to
mark the shares to market (as discussed below), would, upon receipt of certain distributions by us and upon disposition of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs at a gain: 
(1) have such distribution or gain allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as the case may be; (2) the amount
allocated to the current taxable year and any period prior to the first day of the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and
(3) the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that
year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year . In
addition, when shares of a PFIC are acquired by reason of death from a decedent that was a U.S. Holder, the tax basis of such shares would not receive a step-up to
fair  market  value  as  of  the  date  of  the  decedent’s  death,  but  instead  would  be  equal  to  the  decedent’s  basis  if  lower,  unless  all  gain  were  recognized  by  the
decedent. Indirect investments in a PFIC may also be subject to these special U.S. federal income tax rules.

The PFIC rules described above would not apply to a U.S. Holder who makes a QEF election for all taxable years that such U.S. Holder has held the
Ordinary Shares or ADSs while we are a PFIC, provided that we comply with specified reporting requirements. Instead, each U.S. Holder who has made such a
QEF election  is required  for  each  taxable  year  that  we are  a PFIC to  include  in  income  such  U.S. Holder’s  pro  rata  share  of  our  ordinary  earnings  as  ordinary
income and such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our net capital gains as long-term capital gain, regardless of whether we make any distributions of such earnings or
gain. In general, a QEF election is effective only if we make available certain required information. The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder
basis and generally may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. We do not intend to notify U.S. Holders if we believe we will be treated as a PFIC for any tax
year. In addition, we do not intend to furnish U.S. Holders annually with information needed in order to complete IRS Form 8621 and to make and maintain a valid
QEF election for any year in which we or any of our Subsidiaries are a PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding eligibility, manner
and advisability of making a QEF election if we are treated as a PFIC.

  72

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
In addition, the PFIC rules described above would not apply if we were a PFIC and a U.S. Holder made a mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder of our
Ordinary Shares or ADSs which are regularly traded on a qualifying exchange, including the Nasdaq Capital Market, can elect to mark the Ordinary Shares or
ADSs to market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair
market value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Losses are allowed only to the extent of net
mark-to-market gain previously included income by the U.S. Holder under the election for prior taxable years.

U.S. Holders who hold our Ordinary Shares or ADSs during a period when we are a PFIC will be subject to the foregoing rules, even if we cease to be a
PFIC. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors about the PFIC rules, including tax return filing requirements and the eligibility , manner, and
consequences to them of making a QEF or mark-to-market election with respect to our Ordinary Shares or ADSs in the event that we are a PFIC.

Tax on Net Investment Income

For  taxable  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2013,  U.S.  Holders  who  are  individuals,  estates  or  trusts  will  generally  be  required  to  pay  a  3.8%
Medicare tax on their net investment income (including dividends on and gains from the sale or other disposition of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs), or in the case
of estates and trusts on their net investment income that is not distributed. In each case, the 3.8% Medicare tax applies only to the extent the U.S. Holder’s total
adjusted income exceeds applicable thresholds.

Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

Except as provided below, an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder referred to below as a non-U.S. Holder, generally will not be

subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on the payment of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

A non-U.S. Holder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a dividend paid on our Ordinary Shares or ADSs or gain from the disposition of our
Ordinary Shares or ADSs if: (1) such item is effectively  connected with the conduct by the  non-U.S.  Holder  of a trade  or business  in the  United  States  and,  if
required  by  an  applicable  income  tax  treaty  is  attributable  to  a  permanent  establishment  or  fixed  place  of  business  in  the  United  States;  (2)  in  the  case  of  a
disposition  of  our  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs,  the  individual  non-U.S.  Holder  is  present  in  the  United  States  for  183  days  or  more  in  the  taxable  year  of  the
disposition and other specified conditions are met.

In  general,  non-U.S.  Holders  will  not  be  subject  to  backup  withholding  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends  on  our  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  if
payment is made through a paying agent, or office of a foreign broker outside the United States. However, if payment is made in the United States or by a U.S.
related  person,  non-U.S.  Holders  may  be  subject  to  backup  withholding,  unless  the  non-U.S.  Holder  provides  an  applicable  IRS  Form  W-8  (or  a  substantially
similar form) certifying its foreign status, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax

liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Information
Reporting
and
Withholding

A U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to cash dividends and proceeds from a disposition of Ordinary Shares
or ADSs. In general, backup withholding will apply only if a U.S. Holder fails to comply with specified identification procedures. Backup withholding will not
apply with respect to payments made to designated exempt recipients, such as corporations and tax-exempt organizations. Backup withholding is not an additional
tax and may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. federal income tax liability of a U.S. Holder, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the
IRS.

  73

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, a U.S. Holder with interests in “specified foreign financial assets” (including, among other assets, our Ordinary
Shares or ADSs, unless such Ordinary Shares or ADSs are held on such U.S. Holder’s behalf through a financial institution) may be required to file an information
report with the IRS if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year (or
such higher dollar amount as may be prescribed by applicable IRS guidance); and may be required to file a Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts, or
FBAR, if the aggregate value of the foreign financial accounts exceeds $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. You should consult your own tax advisor as
to the possible obligation to file such information report.

Tax
Cuts
and
Jobs
Act

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the TCJA. Although this is the most extensive overhaul of the United States tax regime in over
thirty years, other than for certain U.S. corporate holder’s, none of the provisions of the TCJA are expected to materially impact U.S. Holder’s with respect to such
holder’s ownership of our Ordinary Shares or the ADSs.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

We are subject to certain information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will
file reports with the SEC. You may read and copy the annual report on Form 20-F, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the
SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents
at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-
SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding
issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will also available to the public through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

  74

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  exempt  from  the  rules  under  the  Exchange  Act  related  to  the  furnishing  and  content  of  proxy  statements,  and our
officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange
Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as
promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end
of  each  fiscal  year,  or  such  applicable  time  as  required  by  the  SEC,  an  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  containing  financial  statements  audited  by  an  independent
registered public accounting firm, and may submit to the SEC, on a Form 6-K, unaudited quarterly financial information.

In  addition,  since  our  Ordinary  Shares  are  traded  on  the  TASE,  we  have  filed  Hebrew  language  periodic  and  immediate  reports  with,  and  furnish
information to, the TASE and the Israel Securities Authority, or the ISA, as required under Chapter Six of the Israel Securities Law, 1968. Copies of our filings
with  the  ISA  can  be  retrieved  electronically  through  the  MAGNA  distribution  site  of  the  ISA  (www.magna.isa.gov.il)  and  the  TASE  website
(www.maya.tase.co.il).

We maintain a corporate website http://www.nano-di.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website and the other websites
referenced above do not constitute a part of this annual report on Form 20-F. We have included these website addresses in this annual report on Form 20-F solely
as inactive textual references.

I.

Subsidiary Information.

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In the ordinary course of our operations, we are exposed to certain market risks, primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to
adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our current investment policy is to invest available cash in bank deposits with banks that have a credit rating
of at least A-minus. Accordingly, a substantial majority of our cash is held in deposits that bear interest. Given the current low rates of interest we receive, we will
not be adversely affected if such rates are reduced. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of NIS/U.S. dollar exchange rates, which is discussed in detail in
the following paragraph.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our results of operations and cash flow are subject to fluctuations due to changes in NIS/U.S. dollar currency exchange rates. The vast majority of our
liquid assets is held in U.S. dollars, and a certain portion of our expenses is denominated in NIS. Changes of 5% and 10% in the U.S. Dollar/NIS exchange rate
would increase/decrease our loss for 2018 by 3.3% and 6.6%, respectively. However, these historical figures may not be indicative of future exposure, as we expect
that the percentage of our NIS denominated expenses will materially decrease in the near future, therefore reducing our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations.
Beginning January 1, 2018, our functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar.

We do  not  hedge  our  foreign  currency  exchange  risk.  In  the  future,  we  may  enter  into  formal  currency  hedging  transactions  to  decrease  the  risk  of
financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the
material adverse effects of such fluctuations.

  75

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities.

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and rights.

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities.

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Fees and Expenses

Persons
depositing
or
withdrawing
shares
or
ADS
holders
must
pay:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs).

  For:

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or
rights or other property. Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal,
including if the deposit agreement terminates.

$.05 (or less) per ADS.

  Any cash distribution to ADS holders.

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you
had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs.

  Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities

(including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders.

$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year.

  Depositary services.

Registration or transfer fees.

Expenses of the depositary.

  Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of

the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares.

  Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the

deposit agreement). Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars.

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to
pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes,
stamp duty or withholding taxes.

  As necessary.

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited
securities.

  As necessary.

The depositary  collects  its fees  for delivery  and surrender  of ADSs directly  from  investors  depositing shares  or surrendering  ADSs  for the purpose of
withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts
distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash
distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its
fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay
those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid. 

From  time  to  time,  the  depositary  may  make  payments  to  us  to  reimburse  us  for  costs  and  expenses  generally  arising  out  of  establishment  and
maintenance  of  the  ADS  program,  waive  fees  and  expenses  for  services  provided  to  us  by  the  depositary  or  share  revenue  from  the  fees  collected  from  ADS
holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency or other service providers that are owned
by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

  76

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

PART II

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure
controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2018,  or the Evaluation Date.
Based  on  such  evaluation,  those  officers  have  concluded  that,  as  of  the  Evaluation  Date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  in  recording,
processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be included in periodic filings under the Exchange Act and that such information
is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  principal  executive  and  financial  officers,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding
required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer  and Chief Financial
Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based principally on the framework and criteria established
in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission as of the end of the period
covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31,
2018  at  providing  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report  does not include an attestation  report of our independent  registered  public accounting  firm regarding  internal  control over financial

reporting due to an exemption for emerging growth companies provided in the JOBS Act.

(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During  the  year  ended  December  31, 2018, there  were no changes in our internal  control  over financial  reporting  that have materially  affected,  or are

reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

  77

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the rules under

the Exchange Act, and is independent in accordance with applicable Exchange Act rules and Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal  controller  and  persons  performing  similar  functions  as  well  as  our  directors.  Our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  is  posted  on  our  website  at
www.nano-di.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report on Form 20-F and is not
incorporated by reference herein. If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver,
from a provision of the code, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC
including the instructions to Item 16B of Form 20-F. We have not granted any waivers under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Somekh Chaikin, a member firm of KPMG International, has served as our principal independent registered public accounting firm for each of the two

years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The following table provides information regarding fees paid by us to Somekh Chaikin and/or other member firms of KPMG International for all services,

including audit services, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Audit fees (1)
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
All other fees

Total

Year Ended 
December 31,

2017

2018

  $

102,800    $
-     
14,590     
-     

150,000 
- 
35,000 
- 

  $

117,390    $

185,000 

(1)

Includes
professional
services
rendered
in
connection
with
the
audit
of
our
annual
financial
statements,
review
of
our
interim
financial
statements,
and
fees
relating
to
our
public
offering
of
ADSs.

  78

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
Pre-Approval
of
Auditors’
Compensation

Our audit committee has a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform certain audit and non-
audit services. Pursuant to this policy, which is designed to assure that such engagements do not impair the independence of our auditors, the audit committee pre-
approves  annually  a  catalog  of  specific  audit  and  non-audit  services  in  the  categories  of  audit  services,  audit-related  services  and  tax  services  that  may  be
performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. If a type of service,  that is to be provided by our auditors, has not received such general pre-
approval,  it  will  require  specific  pre-approval  by  our  audit  committee.  The  policy  prohibits  retention  of  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  to
perform the prohibited non-audit functions defined in applicable SEC rules.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  as  well  as  related  rules  subsequently  implemented  by  the  SEC,  require  foreign  private  issuers,  such  as  us,  to  comply  with
various corporate governance practices. In addition, we are required to comply with the Nasdaq Stock Market rules. Under those rules, we may elect to follow
certain corporate governance practices permitted under the Companies Law in lieu of compliance with corresponding corporate governance requirements otherwise
imposed by the Nasdaq Stock Market rules for U.S. domestic issuers.

In accordance with Israeli law and practice and subject to the exemption set forth in Rule 5615 of the Nasdaq Stock Market rules, we have elected to

follow the provisions of the Companies Law, rather than the Nasdaq Stock Market rules, with respect to the following requirements:

● Distribution
of
periodic
reports
to
shareholders;
proxy
solicitation.
 As opposed  to the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  rules,  which  require  listed  issuers  to
make  such  reports  available  to  shareholders  in  one  of  a  number  of  specific  manners,  Israeli  law  does  not  require  us  to  distribute  periodic  reports
directly  to  shareholders,  and  the  generally  accepted  business  practice  in  Israel  is  not  to  distribute  such  reports  to  shareholders  but  to  make  such
reports available through a public website. In addition to making such reports available on a public website, we currently make our audited financial
statements available to our shareholders at our offices and will only mail such reports to shareholders upon request. As a foreign private issuer, we
are generally exempt from the SEC’s proxy solicitation rules.

  79

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Quorum
. While the Nasdaq Stock Market rules require that the quorum for purposes of any meeting of the holders of a listed company’s common
voting stock, as specified in the company’s bylaws, be no less than 33 1/3% of the company’s outstanding common voting stock, under Israeli law, a
company  is  entitled  to  determine  in  its  articles  of  association  the  number  of  shareholders  and  percentage  of  holdings  required  for  a  quorum  at  a
shareholders meeting. Our amended and restated articles of association provide that a quorum of two or more shareholders holding at least 25% of
the  voting  rights  in  person  or  by  proxy  is  required  for  commencement  of  business  at  a  general  meeting.  However,  the  quorum  set  forth  in  our
amended and restated articles of association  with respect to an adjourned meeting consists of any number of shareholders present in person or by
proxy.

● Compensation
of
officers.
Israeli law and our amended and restated articles of association do not require that the independent members of our board
of  directors  (or  a  compensation  committee  composed  solely  of  independent  members  of  our  board  of  directors)  determine  an  executive  officer’s
compensation,  as  is  generally  required  under  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  rules  with  respect  to  the  CEO  and  all  other  executive  officers.  Instead,
compensation  of  executive  officers  is  determined  and  approved  by  our  compensation  committee  and  our  board  of  directors,  and  in  certain
circumstances  by  our  shareholders,  either  in  consistency  with  our  office  holder  compensation  policy  or,  in  special  circumstances  in  deviation
therefrom, taking into account certain considerations stated in the Companies Law.

Shareholder  approval  is  generally  required  for  officer  compensation  in  the  event  (i)  approval  by  our  board  of  directors  and  our  compensation
committee is not consistent with our office holder compensation policy, or (ii) compensation required to be approved is that of our chief executive
officer who  is  not  a  director  or  an  executive  officer  who  is  also  the  controlling  shareholder  of  our  company  (including  an  affiliate  thereof).  Such
shareholder  approval  shall  require  a  majority  vote  of  the  shares  present  and  voting  at  a  shareholders  meeting,  provided  either  (i)  such  majority
includes  a  majority  of  the  shares  held  by  non-controlling  shareholders  who  do  not  otherwise  have  a  personal  interest  in  the  compensation
arrangement  that  are  voted  at  the  meeting,  excluding  for  such  purpose  any  abstentions  disinterested  majority,  or (ii)  the total  shares  held by non-
controlling and disinterested shareholders voted against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the voting rights in our company.

Additionally, approval of the compensation of an executive officer who is also a director requires a simple majority vote of the shares present and
voting at a shareholders meeting, if consistent with our office holder compensation policy. Our compensation committee and board of directors may,
in  special  circumstances,  approve  the  compensation  of  an  executive  officer  (other  than  a  director,  a  chief  executive  officer  or  a  controlling
shareholder) or approve the compensation policy despite shareholders’ objection, based on specified arguments and taking shareholders’ objection
into account. Our compensation committee may further exempt an engagement with a nominee for the position of chief executive officer, who meets
the  non-affiliation  requirements  set  forth  for  an  external  director,  from  requiring  shareholder  approval,  if  such  engagement  is  consistent  with  our
office holder compensation policy and our compensation committee determines based on specified arguments that presentation of such engagement
to shareholder approval is likely to prevent such engagement. To the extent that any such transaction with a controlling shareholder is for a period
exceeding three years, approval is required once every three years.

A director or executive officer may not be present when the board of directors of a company discusses or votes upon a transaction in which he or she
has  a  personal  interest,  except  in  case  of  ordinary  transactions,  unless  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors  determines  that  he  or  she  should  be
present to present the transaction that is subject to approval.

  80

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

Shareholder
approval.
We will seek shareholder approval for all corporate actions requiring such approval under the requirements of the Companies
Law,  rather  than  seeking  approval  for  corporation  actions  in  accordance  with  Nasdaq  Listing  Rule  5635.  In  particular,  under  this  Nasdaq  Stock
Market rule, shareholder approval is generally required for: (i) an acquisition of shares/assets of another company that involves the issuance of 20%
or more of the acquirer’s shares or voting rights or if a director, officer or 5% shareholder has greater than a 5% interest in the target company or the
consideration  to  be  received;  (ii)  the  issuance  of  shares  leading  to  a  change  of  control;  (iii)  adoption/amendment  of  equity  compensation
arrangements (although under the provisions of the Companies Law there is no requirement for shareholder approval for the adoption/amendment of
the equity compensation plan); and (iv) issuances of 20% or more of the shares or voting rights (including securities convertible into, or exercisable
for, equity) of a listed company via a private placement (and/or via sales by directors/officers/5% shareholders) if such equity is issued (or sold) at
below the greater of the book or market value of shares. By contrast, under the Companies Law, shareholder approval is required for, among other
things: (i) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service or indemnification, exemption and insurance for their service (or for any
other  position that  they may  hold at  a company),  for which approvals  of the compensation  committee,  board of directors  and shareholders  are  all
required, (ii) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies, which require the special approval, and (iii) terms
of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of us or such controlling shareholder’s relative, which require special approval. In
addition, under the Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies.

Approval
of
Related
Party
Transactions
. All related party transactions are approved in accordance with the requirements and procedures for approval
of interested party acts and transaction as set forth in the Companies Law, which requires the approval of the audit committee, or the compensation
committee, as the case may be, the board of directors and shareholders, as may be applicable, for specified transactions, rather than approval by the
audit committee or other independent body of our board of directors as required under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

Annual 
Shareholders 
Meeting.
 As  opposed  to  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  Rule  5620(a),  which  mandates  that  a  listed  company  hold  its  annual
shareholders meeting within one year of the company’s fiscal year-end, we are required, under the Companies Law, to hold an annual shareholders
meeting each calendar year and within 15 months of the last annual shareholders meeting .

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

  81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have elected to provide financial statements and related information pursuant to Item 18.

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PART III

The consolidated financial statements and the related notes required by this Item are included in this annual report on Form 20-F beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS.

Exhibit

  Description

1.1

2.1

4.1^

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

8.1

12.1

12.2

13.1

13.2

15.1

  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Association  of  Nano  Dimension  Ltd.,  filed  as  Exhibit  99.1  to  Form  6-K  filed  on  November  24,  2017,  and

incorporated herein by reference.

  Amended and Restated Form of Depositary Agreement among Nano Dimension Ltd., The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and owners and
holders from time to time of ADSs issued thereunder, including the Form of American Depositary Shares, filed as Exhibit 1 to the Post Effective
Amendment No. 1 to Form F-6 (File No. 333-204797) filed on February 22, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference.

  Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated April 2, 2015, by and between the Company and Yissum Research Development Company of The
Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Ltd., filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 20-F/A (File No. 001-37600) filed on February 29, 2016, and incorporated herein
by reference.

  Nano Dimension Ltd. Employee Stock Option Plan (2015), filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form 20-F/A (File No. 001-37600) filed on February 29, 2016,

and incorporated herein by reference.

  Employment Agreement, dated October 13, 2015, between the Company and Amit Dror, filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Form 20-F (File No. 001-37600)

filed on October 20, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

  Form of Warrant to purchase Ordinary Shares Represented by American Depositary Shares filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form F-1 (File No. 001-228521)

filed on January 30, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference.

  Form of Right to Purchase Ordinary Shares Represented by American Depositary Shares filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form F-1 (File No. 001-228521)

filed on January 30, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference.

  List of Subsidiaries.

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

  Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, furnished herewith.

  Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, furnished herewith.

  Consent of Somekh Chaikin (Member firm of KPMG International).

^

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

  82

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to

sign this annual report on Form 20-F filed on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

NANO DIMENSION LTD.

By:

/s/ Amit Dror

Amit Dror
Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 14, 2019

  83

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano-Dimension
Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2018

F- 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F- 2

Page

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6 - F-8

F-9

F-10 - F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Nano Dimension Ltd.

Opinion
on
the
Consolidated
Financial
Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Nano Dimension Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016 the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the results of its
operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2018,  in  conformity  with  International  Financial  Reporting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Going
Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1B to
the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and have a lack of sufficient resources that raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1B. The consolidated financial statements
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Change
in
Functional
and
Presentation
Currency

As  discussed  in  Note  1E  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  management  determined  that  as  of  January  1,  2018,  its  functional  currency
changed to the U.S. dollar. Management further decided to change its presentation currency to the U.S. dollar and has applied this change retrospectively to the
earliest period presented. 


Basis
for
Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures  included  examining,  on a test basis, evidence  regarding  the amounts and disclosures  in the
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Somekh Chaikin 
Certified Public Accountants (Isr.) 
Member firm of KPMG International

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Tel-Aviv, Israel 
March 13, 2019

F- 3

 
 
   
 


 


 






 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at

Note

2016(*)
  Thousand USD  

December 31,
2017(*)
  Thousand USD  

2018(*)
  Thousand USD  

3.A
3.B
4.A
4.B
5

3.B
6
7

9

10
11

13

12,379 
130 
39 
775 
- 
13,323 

110 
2,006 
6,787 
8,903 
22,226 

679 
1,289 
1,968 

629 
326 
955 
2,923 

6,103 
107 
94 
583 
2,336 
9,223 

346 
5,172 
6,755 
12,273 
21,496 

512 
1,683 
2,195 

833 
302 
1,135 
3,330 

1,960 
37,893(**)   
(1,509)
(422)
(18,619)
19,303 
22,226 

2,307 
52,059(**)   
(1,509)
1,431 
(36,122)
18,166 
21,496 

3,753 
21 
1,313 
570 
3,116 
8,773 

347 
5,200 
5,983 
11,530 
20,303 

1,414 
2,178 
3,592 

895 
244 
1,139 
4,731 

3,291 
63,969 
(1,509)
1,431 
(51,610)
15,572 
20,303 

Assets
Cash
Restricted deposits
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Inventory

Total current assets

Restricted deposits
Property plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade payables
Other payables

Total current liabilities

Liability in respect of government grants
Other long-term liabilities
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity

Share capital
Share premium and capital reserves
Treasury shares
Presentation currency translation reserve
Accumulated loss

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

(**) Reclassified, see note 1.D.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income  

Revenues

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues - amortization of intangible

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit (loss)

Research and development expenses, net

Sales and marketing expenses

General and administrative expenses

Operating loss

Finance income

Finance expense

Total comprehensive loss

Note

14

15

7

16.A

16.B

16.C

16.D

16.D

For the Year Ended 
December 31,
2017(*)
Thousand 
USD

2016(*)
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

46     

19     

174     

829     

409     

743     

5,100 

3,594 

772 

193     

1,152     

4,366 

(147)    

(323)    

4,043     

10,819     

1,006     

2,183     

3,818     

3,363     

734 

8,623 

4,259 

3,002 

(9,014)    

(16,688)    

(15,150)

181     

143     

102     

917     

54 

392 

(8,976)    

(17,503)    

(15,488)

Basic and diluted loss per share (USD)

18

(0.22)    

(0.31)    

(0.17)

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Share
premium
and capital
reserves
Thousand 
USD

Presentation
currency 
translation 
reserve
Thousand 
USD

Treasury 
shares
Thousand 
USD

Share 
capital
Thousand 
USD

Accumulated
loss
Thousand 
USD

Total 
equity
Thousand 
USD

2,307     
-     
981     
3     
-     

52,059     
-     
11,490     
(3)    
423     

(1,509)    
-     
-     
-     
-     

1,431     
-     
-     
-     
-     

(36,122)    
(15,488)    
-     
-     
-     

18,166 
(15,488)
12,471 
- 
423 

For the year ended December 31, 2018:
Balance as of January 1, 2018 (*)
Loss for the year
Issuance of Ordinary Shares, net
Exercise of warrants and options
Share-based payments

Balance as of December 31, 2018

3,291     

63,969     

(1,509)    

1,431     

(51,610)    

15,572 

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 6

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
    
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Continued)

Share 
premium
and capital
reserves
Thousand 
USD

Presentation
currency 
translation 
reserve
Thousand 
USD

Treasury 
shares
Thousand 
USD

Share 
capital
Thousand 
USD

Accumulated
loss
Thousand 
USD

Total 
equity
Thousand 
USD

1,960     
-     
-     
324     
20     
3     

37,893     
-     
-     
12,096     
289     
1,781     

(1,509)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

(422)    
-     
1,853     
-     
-     
-     

(18,619)    
(17,503)    
-     
-     
-     
-     

19,303 
(17,503)
1,853 
12,420 
309 
1,784 

For the year ended December 31, 2017(*):
Balance as of January 1, 2017
Loss for the year
Currency translation
Issuance of Ordinary Shares and warrants, net
Exercise of warrants and options
Share-based payments

Balance as of December 31, 2017

2,307     

52,059     

(1,509)    

1,431     

(36,122)    

18,166 

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 7

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
    
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Continued)

Share 
premium
and capital
reserves
Thousand 
USD

Presentation
currency 
translation 
reserve
Thousand 
USD

Treasury 
shares
Thousand 
USD

Share 
capital
Thousand 
USD

Accumulated
loss
Thousand 
USD

Total 
equity
Thousand 
USD  

For the year ended December 31, 2016(*):
Balance as of January 1, 2016
Loss for the year
Currency translation
Issuance of Ordinary Shares and warrants, net
Exercise of warrants and options
Share-based payments

1,545     
-     
-     
283     
132     
-     

22,012     
-     
-     
12,045     
1,315     
2,521     

(1,509)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

(359)    
-     
(63)    
-     
-     
-     

(9,643)  
(8,976)  
-   
-   
-   
-   

Balance as of December 31, 2016

1,960     

37,893     

(1,509)    

(422)    

(18,619)  

12,046 
(8,976)
(63)
12,328 
1,447 
2,521 

19,303 

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 8

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
 
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Cash flow from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization
Revaluation of liability in respect of government grants
Financing expenses (income), net
Loss from disposal and sale of fixed assets
Share-based payments

Changes in assets and liabilities:
Increase in inventory
Decrease (increase) in other receivables
Increase in trade receivables
Increase in other payables
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase (decrease) in other long term liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities:
Change in restricted bank deposits
Development expenditure capitalized as intangible assets
Acquisition of property plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Ordinary Shares and warrants, net
Exercise of warrants and options
Amounts recognized in respect of government grants liability, net
Net cash provided by financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash at beginning of the year
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash
Cash at end of year

Non-cash transactions:
Property plant and equipment acquired on credit

For the Year Ended 
December 31,
2017(*)
Thousand 
USD

2016(*)
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

(8,976)    

(17,503)    

(15,488)

365     
114     
(141)    
149     
2,027     
2,514     

-     
(491)    
(39)    
621     
70     
381     
542     
(5,920)    

-     
(3,425)    
(1,130)    
-     
(4,555)    

12,328     
1,447     
384     
14,159     
3,684     
8,665     
30     
12,379     

1,311     
(91)    
888     
80     
1,750     
3,938     

(2,230)    
201     
(49)    
98     
(193)    
(59)    
(2,232)    
(15,797)    

(179)    
-     
(3,514)    
2     
(3,691)    

12,420     
309     
379     
13,108     
(6,380)    
12,379     
104     
6,103     

1,943 
265 
147 
537 
402 
3,294 

(1,410)
13 
(1,219)
287 
1,134 
(58)
(1,253)
(13,447)

86 
- 
(1,319)
1 
(1,232)

12,471 
- 
9 
12,480 
(2,199)
6,103 
(151)
3,753 

263     

241     

9 

(*) Presented according to the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars, effective January 1, 2018. See note 1.E.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – General

A. Reporting Entity

Nano Dimension Ltd. (the “Company”) is an Israeli resident company incorporated in Israel. The address of the Company’s registered office is 2 Ilan Ramon
St., Ness Ziona, Israel. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2018, comprise the Company and its subsidiaries in Israel,
in  the  United  States,  and  in  Hong  Kong  (together  referred  to  as  the  “Group”).  The  Company  engages,  by  means  of  the  subsidiary  Nano  Dimension
Technologies  Ltd.  (“Nano–Technologies”),  in  the  development  of  a  three-dimensional  (“3D”)  printer  and  nanotechnology  based  conductive  and  dielectric
inks, which are supplementary products to the 3D printer. The Ordinary Shares of the Company are registered for trade on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. In
addition, since March 2016, the Company’s American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) have been trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

B. Since August 25, 2014, the Company has devoted substantially all of its financial resources to develop its products and has financed its operations primarily
through the issuance of equity securities. The amount of the Company’s future net profits or losses will depend, in part, on the rate of its future expenditures,
its  ability  to  generate  significant  revenues  from  the  sale  of  its  products,  and  its  ability  to  obtain  funding  through  the  issuance  of  securities,  strategic
collaborations or grants. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2017, the Group began to commercialize its products and has generated revenues, mainly from sales
of its 3D printers. The Group’s ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on its ability to successfully commercialize its products.

Based on the projected cash flows, cash balance as of December 31, 2018, and the public offering in February 2019, management is of the opinion that without
further  fund  raising  it  will  not  have  sufficient  resources  to  enable  it  to  continue  its  operating  activities,  including  the  development,  manufacturing  and
marketing of its products for a period of at least 12 months from the sign-off date of these consolidated financial statements. As a result, there is a substantial
doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Management’s  plans  include  continuing  commercialization  of  the  Group’s  products  and  securing  sufficient  funding  through  the  sale  of  additional  equity
securities. There are no assurances however, that the Group will be successful in obtaining the level of financing needed for its operations. If the Group is
unsuccessful in commercializing its products and securing sufficient funding, it may need to reduce activities, curtail or even cease operations.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  relating  to  the  recoverability  and  classification  of  assets  and  the  amounts  and
classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

C. Definitions

In these financial statements –

The Group – the Company, Nano Dimension Technologies Ltd., and Nano Dimension IP Ltd., all of which are Israeli corporations, Nano Dimension USA
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Nano Dimension (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation.

Related Party – Within its meaning in International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) 24 (2009) Related
Party
Disclosures
.

The Operating Cycle

The operating cycle period of the Group is 12 months.

F- 10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – General (Continued) 

D. Reclassification

During 2018  the  Group  changed  the  Equity  presentation  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  In  order  to  simplify  the  presentation of the
warrants and capital reserves for share based payments and from transactions with controlling shareholders, they were consolidated into the Share Premium
section. This classification did not have any effect on the total comprehensive loss.

E. Change in functional and presentation currency

During  2018,  considering  the  Company’s  business  developments,  the  significant  increase  in  revenues  from  printer  sales,  the  increase  in  the  Company’s
marketing  activities  in  the  United  States  and  its  recent  fundraisings  in  U.S.  dollar,  the  Company’s  management  determined  that  based  on  such  events  and
conditions, beginning January 1, 2018, the functional currency of the Company changed to the U.S. dollar that is the currency that most faithfully represents
the  economic  effect  of  its  activity.  Management  further  decided  to  change  its  presentation  currency  to  the  U.S.  dollar  and  has  applied  this  change
retrospectively  to  the  earliest  period  presented.  The  change  in  functional  currency  is  accounted  for  prospectively  from  the  date  of  change.  The  effects  of
changes  in  the  foreign  exchange  rates  have  been  applied  retrospectively  as  if  the  U.S.  dollar  had  always  been  the  Company’s  presentation  currency.
Accordingly,  comparative  profit  or  loss  figures  have  been  translated  into  U.S. dollars  using  average  exchange  rates  for the reporting  periods. Comparative
assets and liabilities figures have been translated into the presentation currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date. Components of equity
have been translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the relevant transactions. The exchange rate differences arising on translation have been
recorded as a part of the equity as “presentation currency translation reserve.”

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Except for the change in accounting policy described in section B below, the accounting policies of the Group set out below have been applied consistently for
all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by Group entities. 

A. Basis for presentation of the financial statements

The Group’s financial statements as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended on December 31, 2018, comply
with International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis.

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s board of directors on March 13, 2019.

B. Changes in accounting policies

IFRS 9

As  from  January  1,  2018  the  Group  applies  IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments  (“IFRS  9”),  which  replaces  IAS  39,  Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and
Measurement  (“IAS  39”).  Furthermore,  as  from  that  date  the  Group  applies  the  amendment  to  IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments:  Prepayment  Features  with
“Negative Compensation.”

The standard has no effect on the financial statements of the Group.

F- 11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

B. Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

IFRS 9 (Continued) 

Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

IFRS 9 contains three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortized cost, fair value through profit or loss and fair value through
other  comprehensive  income.  The  classification  of  financial  assets  under  IFRS  9  is  generally  based  on  the  business  model  in  which  a  financial  asset  is
managed  and  its  contractual  cash  flow  characteristics.  IFRS  9  eliminates  the  previous  IAS  39  categories  of  held  to  maturity,  loans  and  receivables  and
available for sale. IFRS 9 largely retains the existing requirements in IAS 39 for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities.

IFRS 9 includes a new ‘expected credit loss’ model, which has no effect on the financial statements of the Group, since the Group does not expect to incur any
credit loos.

IFRS 9  replaces  the  impairment  model  of  IAS  39  with  an  ‘expected  credit  loss  model.  The  model  applies  to  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost,
contract assets (as defined in IFRS 15) and lease receivables.

C. Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions
that affect  the application  of accounting  policies  and the reported  amounts of assets, liabilities,  income and expenses. Actual results may differ  from these
estimates.

The  preparation  of  accounting  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  requires  management  of  the  Company  to  make
assumptions regarding circumstances and events that involve considerable uncertainty. Management of the Company prepares the estimates on the basis of
past experiences, various facts, external circumstances, and reasonable assumptions according to the pertinent circumstances of each estimate. Estimates and
underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised
and in any future periods affected.

Below is information about significant assumptions made by the Group with respect to estimates and judgments:

-

-

-

Intangible assets
Development expenses in the period until August 1, 2015 were expensed as incurred. On August 1, 2015, the Group met all the required conditions to
recognize intangible assets in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible
Assets
and started recognizing intangible assets arising from internal development. The
capitalization  is  the  outcome  of  meeting  all  the  criteria  in  IAS  38,  which  are  (i)  development  costs  that  can  be  measured  reliably,  (ii)  the  product  or
process is technically and commercially feasible, (iii) future economic benefits are probable, and (iv) the Group has the intention and sufficient resources
to complete  development  and to use or sell the  asset.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company  ceased  to  capitalize  development  cost  and  began  to
amortize its intangible assets. The estimated useful lives of the capitalized development expenses for the current period is 10 years. See also note 2.M and
2.N regarding research and development and amortization of intangible assets.

Share-based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the terms
and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model, including the expected life of
the share option and volatility and making assumptions about them. For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled transactions at the grant date,
the Group uses the Black-Scholes formula or the Binomial pricing model. See also note 19. 

Liability in respect of government grants
The Liability in respect of government grants is based on estimation of the discount rate that was used in evaluating the liability in respect of government
grants, as well as the Group’s revenues forecast. See also note 10.  

F- 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

C. Use of estimates and judgments (Continued)

-

Operating lease- Group as lessor

The Group has entered into leases of its 3D printers. The Group has determined, based on an evaluation of the terms and conditions of the agreements,
such as the lease term not constituting a major part of the economic life of the printer and the present value of the minimum lease payments not amounting
to substantially all of the fair value of the printer, that it retains all the significant risks and rewards of ownership of these properties and accounts for the
contracts as operating leases.

-

Revenue recognition

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company early adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), which provides new guidance on
revenue recognition on a retrospective basis. The Company determines the appropriate revenue recognition for its contracts with customers by analyzing
the type, terms and conditions of each contract or arrangement with a customer. As a part of the analysis, management is required to make judgments
relating to whether an arrangement or contract is legally enforceable, and whether the arrangement include separate performance obligations. In addition,
estimates  are  required  in  order  to allocate  the total  transaction  price  to each  performance  obligation  based on the  estimated  relative  standalone  selling
prices of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. See also note 2L.

D. Subsidiary

A  subsidiary  is  an  entity  controlled  by  the  Company.  The  Company  controls  an  entity  when  it  is  exposed  to,  or  has  rights  to,  variable  returns  from  its
involvement  with  the  entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the  entity.  The  financial  statements  of  the  subsidiaries  are
included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  that  control  commences  until  the  date  that  control  is  lost.  The  accounting  policies  of  the
subsidiaries are aligned with the policies adopted by the Group.

E. Functional currency and presentation currency

(1) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated to the functional currency of the Group at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date.
The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the year, adjusted
for effective interest and payments during the year, and the amortized cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the year.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in profit or loss.

(2)

Index linked financial items

Financial assets and liabilities which according to their terms are linked to changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index (the “Index”) are adjusted according to
the relevant Index on every reporting date in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Linkage differences deriving from said adjustment are recorded to
profit and loss.

F- 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

E. Functional currency and presentation currency (Continued)

(3) Below are details regarding the exchange rate of the NIS and the EURO and the index of the NIS:

December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
Change in percentages:
Year ended December 31, 2018
Year ended December 31, 2017
Year ended December 31, 2016

F. Financial instruments

Consumer Price
Index

Euro

NIS

100.2     
100.4     
100.87     

(0.19)    
(0.47)    
(0.3)    

1.14     
1.20     
1.05     

(5)    
14.28     
(3.2)    

0.27 
0.29 
0.26 

(6.89)
11.53 
1.56 

(1)          Non-derivative financial assets – policy applicable as from January 1, 2018

Initial recognition and measurement of financial assets

The Group initially recognizes trade receivables on the date that they are created. All other financial assets are recognized initially on the trade date at which
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. A financial asset is initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs that are
directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at
the transaction price. Receivables originating from contract assets are initially measured at the carrying amount of the contract assets on the date classification
was changed from contract asset to receivables.

The Group does not expect to incur any credit loss, thus the financial statements does not include provision for expected credit loss.

Derecognition of financial assets

Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights of the Group to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the Group transfers the rights to receive
the  contractual  cash  flows  on  the  financial  asset  in  a  transaction  in  which  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  financial  asset  are
transferred. When the Group retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset.

Classification of financial assets into categories and the accounting treatment of each category

Financial assets are classified at initial recognition to one of the following measurement categories: amortized cost; fair value through other comprehensive
income – investments in debt instruments; fair value through other comprehensive income – investments in equity instruments; or fair value through profit or
loss.

Financial assets  are  not  reclassified  in  subsequent  periods  unless,  and  only  if,  the  Group  changes  its  business  model  for  the  management  of financial debt
assets, in which case the affected financial debt assets are reclassified at the beginning of the period following the change in the business model.

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated at fair value through profit or loss:

-           It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets so as to collect contractual cash flows; and

-           The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows representing solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount
outstanding on specified dates.

F- 14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) 

F. Financial instruments (Continued) 

(1)          Non-derivative financial assets – policy applicable as from January 1, 2018 (Continued) 

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortized cost or fair value through other comprehensive income as described above, as well as financial
assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, are measured at fair value through profit or loss. On initial recognition, the Group designates financial
assets at fair value through profit or loss if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise.

The Group has balances of trade and other receivables and deposits that are held within a business model whose objective is collecting contractual cash flows.
The contractual cash flows of these financial assets represent solely payments of principal and interest that reflects consideration for the time value of money
and the credit risk. Accordingly, these financial assets are measured at amortized cost.

Subsequent measurement and gains and losses

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest income or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss
(other than certain derivatives designated as hedging instruments).

Financial assets at amortized cost

These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest
income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognized in profit or loss.

(2)          Non-derivative financial assets – policy applicable before January 1, 2018

Initial recognition and measurement of financial assets

The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date that they are created. Non-derivative financial instruments are comprised of trade
and other receivables, cash and deposits.

Derecognition of financial assets

Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights of the Group to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the Group transfers the rights to receive
the  contractual  cash  flows  on  the  financial  asset  in  a  transaction  in  which  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  financial  asset  are
transferred.

When the Group retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset.

Classification of financial assets into categories and the accounting treatment of each category

The Group classifies its financial assets according to the following categories:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. Financial
assets are designated at fair value through profit or loss if the Group manages such investments and makes purchase and sale decisions based on their fair
value in accordance with the Group’s documented risk management or investment strategy, providing that the designation is intended to prevent an accounting
mismatch, or the asset is a combined instrument including an embedded derivative.

Attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and
changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

F- 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) 

F. Financial instruments (Continued) 

(2)          Non-derivative financial assets – policy applicable before January 1, 2018 (Continued) 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Continued) 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss also include equity investments that otherwise would have been classified as available for sale.

Financial assets classified as held-for-trading comprise securities that are held to support the Group’s short-term liquidity needs.

Loans and receivables

Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not  quoted  in  an  active  market.  Such  assets  are
recognized  initially  at  fair  value  plus  any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  loans  and  receivables  are  measured  at
amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Loans and receivables comprise cash and cash deposits and trade and other receivables.

Cash includes cash balances  available  for immediate  use. Deposits include short-term  deposits with banking corporations  (with original maturities of three
months or less) that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and are exposed to insignificant risks of change in value.

(3)          Non-derivative financial liabilities

Non-derivative financial liabilities include trade and other payables.

Initial recognition of financial liabilities

The Group initially recognizes financial liabilities on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities

Financial  liabilities  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  less  any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition  these  financial
liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Transaction costs directly attributable to an expected issuance of an instrument
that will be classified as a financial liability are recognized as an asset in the framework of deferred expenses in the statement of financial position. These
transaction costs are deducted from the financial liability upon its initial recognition, or are amortized as financing expenses in the statement of Profit or Loss
and Other Comprehensive Income when the issuance is no longer expected to occur.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are derecognized when the obligation of the Group, as specified in the agreement, expires or when it is discharged or cancelled.

F- 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued) 

F. Financial instruments (Continued)

(4)          Determination of fair value

Preparation of the financial statements requires the Group to determine the fair value of certain assets and liabilities.

When determining  the  fair  value  of  an  asset  or  liability,  the  Group  uses  observable  market  data  as  much  as  possible.  There  are  three  levels  of  fair  value
measurements in the fair value hierarchy that are based on the data used in the measurement, as follows:

●

●

●

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Further information about fair value is included in Note 20 on financial instruments.

G. Property plant and equipment

Property plant and equipment are presented according to cost, including directly attributed acquisition costs, minus accumulated depreciation and losses from
accrued decrease in value. Improvements and upgrades are included in the assets’ costs whereas maintenance and repair costs are recognized in profit and loss
as accrued

Gains and losses on disposal of a fixed asset item are determined by comparing the net proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the asset, and are
recognized in their corresponding section, in profit or loss.

The cost of printers used for internal purposes, which are classified as property, plant and equipment, includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any other
costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use.

The depreciation is calculated in equal yearly rates during the period of the useful life span of the assets, as follows:

Machinery and equipment (mainly 7%)
Computers
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold Improvements
Printers leased to clients- See note 2.L.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at the end of each reporting year and adjusted if appropriate.

F- 17

%

7 – 50 
20 - 33 
7 - 15 
7 - 10 
25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

H.

Inventory

Inventories  are  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  The  cost  of  inventories  is  based  on  the  weighted  averages  method,  and  includes
expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and the costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured
inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. Net realizable value is the
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

I.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If
any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and its fair value, minus the costs of disposal. In assessing value in use, the estimated
future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  the assessments  of market  participants  regarding  the  time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset, for which the estimated future cash flows from the asset were not adjusted.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or
loss.

J.

Provisions

A provision for claims is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably and it
is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. When the value of time is material, the provision is measured at its
present value.

K. Treasury shares and Ordinary shares

When share capital recognized as equity is repurchased by the Group, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, net of
any  tax  effects,  is  recognized  as  a  deduction  from  equity.  Repurchased  shares  are  classified  as  treasury  shares.  When  treasury  shares  are  sold  or  reissued
subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus on the transaction is carried to share premium, whereas a
deficit on the transaction is deducted from retained earnings.

Ordinary  shares  are  classified  as  equity.  Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issuance  of  ordinary  shares  and  share  options  are  recognized  as  a
deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

L. Revenue recognition

The  Company  early  adopted  IFRS  15  in  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  IFRS  15  provides  new  guidance  on  revenue
recognition, on a retrospective basis.

The Company recognizes revenue when the customer obtains control over the promised goods or services. The revenue is measured according to the amount
of the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods or services promised to the customer, other than amounts collected
for third parties.

The Company accounts for a contract with a customer only when the following conditions are met:

(a) The parties to the contract have approved the contract (in writing, orally or according to other customary business practices) and they are committed to

satisfying the obligations attributable to them;

(b)The Company can identify the rights of each party in relation to the goods or services that will be transferred;

F- 18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

L. Revenue recognition (Continued)

(c) The Company can identify the payment terms for the goods or services that will be transferred;

(d)The contract  has  a  commercial  substance  (i.e.  the  risk,  timing  and  amount  of  the  entity’s  future  cash  flows  are  expected  to  change  as  a  result  of  the

contract); and

(e) It is probable that the consideration, to which the Company is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services transferred to the customer, will be collected.

If a contract with a customer does not meet all of the above criteria, consideration received from the customer is recognized as a liability until the criteria are
met  or  when  one  of  the  following  events  occurs:  the  Company  has  no  remaining  obligations  to  transfer  goods  or  services  to  the  customer  and  any
consideration promised by the customer has been received and cannot be returned; or the contract has been terminated and the consideration received from the
customer cannot be refunded. 

On the  contract’s  inception  date  the  Company  assesses  the  goods  or  services  promised  in  the  contract  with  the  customer  and  identifies  as  a  performance
obligation any promise to transfer to the customer goods or services (or a bundle of goods or services) that are distinct.

The Company identifies goods or services promised to the customer as being distinct when the customer can benefit from the goods or services on their own
or in conjunction with other readily available resources and the Company’s promise to transfer the goods or services to the customer is separately identifiable
from other promises in the contract. The Company’s identified performance obligations includes: printer, ink, maintenance (which is generally provided for a
period of up to one year), training and installation.

Revenue is allocated among performance obligations in a manner that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to for the promised
goods based on the standalone selling prices (“SSP”) of the goods or service of each performance obligation. SSP are estimated for each distinct performance
obligation and judgment may be required in their determination. The best evidence of SSP is the estimated price of a product or service if the Company would
sell them separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers.

The  Company  allocates  the  transaction  price  to  the  identified  performance  obligations  based  on  the  residual  approach,  while  allocating  the  estimated
standalone selling prices for performance obligations relating to maintenance, training and installation services, and the residual is allocated to the printer.

Revenues allocated to the printers and ink are recognized when the control is passed at a point in time. Currently, the Company also sells its printers through
resellers. The Company recognizes revenue to resellers at the time of sale to the resellers, assuming the Company has completed its obligations related to the
sale.

Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the services. Revenue from training and installation is recognized during
the time of performance.

A contract asset is recognized when the Group has a right to consideration for goods or services it transferred to the customer that is conditional on other than
the  passing  of  time,  such  as  future  performance  of  the  Group.  Contract  assets  are  classified  as  receivables  when  the  rights  in  their  respect  become
unconditional.

A contract liability is recognized when the Group has an obligation to transfer goods or services to the customer for which it received consideration (or the
consideration is payable) from the customer.

Revenues from leases transactions are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

F- 19

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

M. Research and development and Intangible assets

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or
loss when incurred.

Development activities  involve  a  plan  or  design  for  the  production  of  new  or  substantially  improved  products  and  processes.  Development  expenditure  is
capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are
probable, and the Group has the intention and sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.

The expenditure capitalized in respect of development activities includes the cost of materials, direct labor and overhead costs that are directly attributable to
preparing the asset for its intended use.

In the fourth quarter of 2016 the Group ceased to capitalize development expenses and began to amortize the intangible asset arising from capitalization of
development  expenses,  upon  the  initiation  of  its  beta  program.  In  subsequent  periods,  capitalized  development  expenditure  is  measured  at  cost  minus
accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

N. Amortization

Amortization is a systematic allocation of the amortizable amount of an intangible asset over its useful life. The amortizable amount is the cost of the asset,
minus its residual value. Amortization is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets from the
date they are available for use, since these methods most closely reflect the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in each
asset.

The estimated  useful  lives  of  the  capitalized  development  costs  has  been  determined  by  the  Company’s  management  as  10  years.  Amortization methods,
useful lives and residual values are reviewed at the end of each reporting year and adjusted if appropriate.

O. Government grants

Government grants  are  recognized  initially  at fair  value  when there  is reasonable  assurance  that  they will be received  and  the Group will  comply with the
conditions associated with the grant.

Grants from the Israeli Innovation Authority (the “Innovation Authority”), with respect to research and development projects, are accounted for as forgivable
loans according to IAS 20 Accounting
for
Government
Grants
and
Disclosure
of
Government
Assistance
. Grants received from the Innovation Authority are
recognized as a liability according to their fair value on the date of their receipt, unless it is reasonably certain, on that date, that the amount received will not
be refunded. The amount of the liability is reexamined each period, and any changes in the present value of the cash flows discounted at the original interest
rate of the grant are recognized in profit or loss. The difference between the amount received and the fair value on the date of receiving the grant is recognized
as a deduction of research and development expenses. Expenses related to revaluation of the liability in respect of government grants were recognized in the
statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as finance expenses.

P. Financing income and expenses

Financing income comprises interest income on deposits, revaluation of liability in respect of government grants, and foreign currency gains.

Financing expenses comprise bank fees, exchange rate differences, and revaluation of liability in respect of government grants.

Foreign currency  gains  and  losses  on  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  reported  on  a  net  basis  as  either  financing  income  or financing expenses
depending on whether foreign currency movements are in a net gain or net loss position.

F- 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Q. Employee benefits

Severance pay

The Group’s liability for severance pay for its employees is calculated pursuant to Israeli Severance Pay Law (1963) (the “Severance Pay Law”). The Group’s
liability is covered by monthly deposits with severance pay funds and insurance policies. For all of the Group’s employees, the payments to pension funds and
to  insurance  companies  exempt  the  Group  from  any  obligation  towards  its  employees,  in  accordance  with  Section  14  of  the  Severance  Pay  Law,  which  is
accounted for as a defined contribution plan (as defined below). Accumulated amounts in pension funds and in insurance companies are not under the Group’s
control or management and, accordingly, neither those amounts nor the corresponding accrual for severance pay are presented in the consolidated statements
of financial position.

A defined  contribution  plan  is  a  post-employment  benefit  plan  under  which  an  entity  pays  fixed  contributions  into  a  separate  entity  and  has  no  legal  or
constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an expense in profit or
loss in the periods during which related services are rendered by employees.

Share-based payment transactions

The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognized as a salary expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over
the  period  that  the  employees  become  unconditionally  entitled  to  the  awards.  Share-based  payment  arrangements  in  which  the  subsidiary  grants  rights  to
parent company equity instruments to its employees are accounted for by the Group as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

R. Loss per share

The Group presents basic and diluted loss per share for its Ordinary Shares. Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to holders of
Ordinary Shares of the Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year, adjusted for treasury shares. Diluted loss
per share is determined by adjusting the loss attributable to holders of Ordinary Shares of the Company and the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares
outstanding,  after  adjustment  for  treasury  shares,  for  the  effects  of  all  dilutive  potential  Ordinary  Shares,  which  comprise  share  options  and  share  options
granted to employees. 

S. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

(1)

IFRS 16 – Leases

IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17, Leases and its related interpretations. IFRS 16’s instructions annul the existing requirement from lessees to classify leases as
operating or finance leases. Instead of this, for lessees, the new standard presents a unified model for the accounting treatment of all leases according to
which the lessee has to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability in its financial statements. Nonetheless, IFRS 16 includes two exceptions to the
general  model  whereby  a  lessee  may  elect  to  not  apply  the  requirements  for  recognizing  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  liability  with  respect  to  short-term
leases of up to one year and/or leases where the underlying asset has a low value.

In addition, IFRS 16 permits the lessee to apply the definition  of the term lease according to one of the following two alternatives  consistently for all
leases: retrospective application for all the lease agreements, which means reassessing the existence of a lease for each separate contract, or alternatively
to apply a practical expedient that permits continuing with the assessment made regarding existence of a lease based on the guidance in IAS 17, “Leases, ”
and  IFRIC  4,  “Determining  whether  an  Arrangement  contains  a  Lease,  ”  with  respect  to  leases  entered  into  before  the  date  of  initial  application.
Furthermore, the standard determines new and expanded disclosure requirements from those required at present.

IFRS 16 is applicable for annual periods as of January 1, 2019.

F- 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

S. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted (Continued)

Method of application and expected effects

The Group plans to adopt IFRS 16 as from January 1, 2019 using the cumulative effect method, with an adjustment to the balance of retained earnings as
at January 1, 2019.

Expedients:

Expedients for each separate lease:

(1)       Excluding initial direct costs from measurement of the asset at the transition date.

(2)              Using  hindsight  when  determining  the  lease  term,  meaning  data  presently  available  that  may  not  have  been  available  at  the  original  date  of
entering into the agreement.

Expected effects:

The Group plans to elect to apply the transitional provision of recognizing a lease liability at the date of initial application, for all the leases that award it
control over the use of identified assets for a specified period of time, and except for when the Group has elected to apply the standard’s expedients as
aforesaid,  according  to  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease  payments  discounted  at  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  of  the  lessee  at  that  date,  and
concurrently recognizing a right-of-use asset at the same amount of the liability, adjusted for any prepaid or accrued lease payments that were recognized
as an asset or liability before the date of initial application. Therefore, application of IFRS 16 is not expected to have an effect on the balance of retained
earnings at the date of initial application. These changes are expected to result in an increase of $ 1,891 thousand in the balance of right-of-use assets at
the date  of  initial  application  and  an  increase  of  $  2,192  thousand  in  the  balance  of  the  lease  liability  at  the  date  of  initial  application.  Accordingly,
depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  will  be  recognized  in  subsequent  periods  in  respect  of  the  right-of-use  asset,  and  the  need  for  recognizing
impairment of the right-of-use asset will be examined in accordance with IAS 36. Furthermore, financing expenses will be recognized in respect of the
lease  liability.  Therefore,  as  from  the  date  of  initial  application  and  in  subsequent  periods,  depreciation  expenses  and  financing  expenses  will  be
recognized instead of lease expenses relating to assets leased under an operating lease, which were presented as part of the general and administrative
expenses item in the income statement.

In addition, the nominal discount rates used for measuring the lease liability are in the range of 11.2% to 39.16%. This range is affected by differences in
the length of the lease term, differences between the various groups of assets, different discount rates of Group companies, and so forth.

Quantitative effect:

The table below presents the expected effect of the standard’s application on the relevant items of the statement of financial position as at December 31,
2018:

Right-of-use asset
Other payables
Liability in respect to IFRS 16
Other long-term liabilities

F- 22

According to
IAS 17
USD 
thousands

The change
USD 
thousands

According to
IFRS 16
USD 
thousands

-       
(57)    
-       
(244)    

1,891     
57     
(2,192)    
244     

1,891 
-   
(2,192)
-   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
Note 3.A – Cash

Bank accounts- dominated in NIS
Bank accounts- dominated in USD
Bank accounts- other

Note 3.B – Restricted deposits

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

237     
5,865     
1     
6,103     

583 
3,167 
3 
3,753 

1. The Group has restricted deposits for its credit cards in an amount of $ 21,000. The deposits are not linked and bear an annual interest rate of 0.01%-0.05%.

2. The Group has a restricted deposit in the amount of $ 347,000 for the lease of its offices and labs. The deposit is not linked and bears an annual interest rate of

0.01%. The Group expect to lease its offices and labs for a period of more than a year, thus the restricted deposit was classified as a non-current asset.

Note 4.A – Trade receivables

Open balances
Income receivables

Note 4.B – Other receivables

Government authorities
Prepaid expenses
Others

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

81     
13     
94     

1,233 
80 
1,313 

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

345     
228     
10     
583     

354 
205 
11 
570 

F- 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
Note 5 – Inventory

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Raw and auxiliary materials, and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

Note 6 – Property plant and equipment, net

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

1,587     
291     
458     
2,336     

1,863 
342 
911 
3,116 

During 2018 the Group derecognized fixed assets in the amount of $ 1,044 thousand, that have been fully depreciated and are no longer used by the Group.

Machinery
and

Office
furniture
and

equipment     Computers    
Thousand
USD

Thousand
USD

equipment    
Thousand
USD

Leasehold
improvements   
Thousand
USD

Printers
leased to
clients
Thousand
USD

Raw
Materials
(*)
Thousand
USD

Total
Thousand
USD

922     
1,854     
700     
(49)    
3,427     
1,551     
(846)    
4,132     

86     
314     
10     
(6)    
404     
855     
(467)    
792     

3,340     
3,023     

350     
70     
-     
(4)    
416     
61     
(6)    
471     

129     
130     
1     
(4)    
256     
112     
(3)    
365     

106     
160     

135     
8     
14     
(6)    
151     
7     
-     
158     

10     
13     
1     
(1)    
23     
14     
-     
37     

269     
1,407     
-     
-     
1,676     
43     
-     
1,719     

22     
54     
-     
-     
76     
162     
-     
238     

383     
283     
(287)    
(78)    
301     
90     
(192)    
199     

14     
78     
(12)    
(40)    
40     
43     
(36)    
47     

121     
128     

1,481     
1,600     

152     
261     

427     
-     
(427)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

2,486 
3,622 
- 
(137)
5,971 
1,752 
(1,044)
6,679 

261 
589 
- 
(51)
799 
1,186 
(506)
1,479 

5,200 
5,172 

Cost
As of January 1, 2017
Additions
Reclassification
Disposals
As of December 31, 2017
Additions
Disposals
As of December 31, 2018

Depreciation accrued
As of January 1, 2017
Additions
Reclassification
Disposals
As of December 31, 2017
Additions
Disposals
As of December 31, 2018

Carrying amount
As of December 31, 2018

As of December 31, 2017

(*)

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Group acquired raw materials for the building of its 3D printers, with the intention of leasing those printers
to clients as a part of the Company’s beta plan. In 2017 the Company utilized the raw materials.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Group acquired property plant and equipment on credit in the amount of $ 9,000 (During the year ended
December 31, 2017: $ 241,000).

F- 24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
      
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
Note 7 – Intangible assets

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Intangible  assets  include  development  costs  that  were  capitalized.  The  expenditure  capitalized  in  respect  of  development  activities  includes  the  cost  of
materials, direct labor and overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. See also note 2.M.

Balance as of January 1
Amortization
Balance as of December 31

Note 8 – Subsidiaries

Presented hereunder is a list of the Group’s material subsidiaries:

Name of company
Nano Dimension Technologies Ltd.
Nano Dimension IP Ltd. (*)
Nano Dimension USA Inc.
Nano Dimension (HK) Limited (*)

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

7,498     
(743)    
6,755     

6,755 
(772)
5,983 

Principal location
of the company’s  

activity

The Group’s ownership interest in
the subsidiary 
for the year ended December 31

2017
%

2018
%

  Israel
  Israel
  USA
  Asia-Pacific

100%   
NA 
100%   
NA 

100%
100%
100%
100%

(*)       Nano Dimension IP Ltd. and Nano Dimension (HK) Limited were incorporated by the Company in 2018 and had no material activity during 2018.

Note 9 – Other payables

Accrued expenses
contract liabilities
Current portion of other long-term liability
Employees and related liabilities
Government authorities
Current maturities in respect of government grants
Others

F- 25

December 31,

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

172     
76     
59     
672     
338     
339     
27     
1,683     

252 
355 
57 
665 
272 
550 
27 
2,178 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
Note 10 – Liability in respect of government grants

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Balance as of January 1
Amounts received during the year
Payment of Royalties
Amounts recognized as an offset from research and development expenses
Revaluation of the liability
Balance as of December 31

Current maturities in respect of government grants

Long term liability in respect of government grants

2017
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

883     
551     
(10)    
(162)    
(91)    
1,171     

339     

833     

1,171 
121 
(70)
(42)
265 
1,445 

550 

895 

On September  30,  2014,  Nano-Technologies  received  an  approval  from  the  Innovation  Authority,  to  finance  a  development  project  in  a  scope  of  up  to  $
1,001,000, while the Innovation Authority share of financing the aforesaid amount would be up to 50%. In consideration, Nano-Technologies undertook to pay
the Innovation Authority royalties in the rate of 3% of the future sales up to the amount of the grants received. On the date on which the grants were received,
the Group recognized a liability using a discount rate of 30%,

On  December  22,  2015,  Nano-  Technologies  received  an  approval  from  the  Innovation  Authority  to  support  its  development  of  a  3D  PCB  printer.  The
approved budget is up to $ 1,128,000, and the contribution by the Innovation Authority to the research and development budget is 50% of expenditures. On the
date on which the grants were received, the Group recognized a liability using a discount rate of 19.5%.

In February 2017, Nano- Technologies received an approval from the Innovation Authority to support the development of 3D printing of advanced ceramic
materials with inkjet technology. The approved budget is up to $ 372,000, and the contribution by the Innovation Authority to the research and development
budget is 50% of expenditures. On the date on which the grants were received, the Group recognized a liability using a discount rate of 19%.

In May 2017, Nano- Technologies received an approval from the Innovation Authority to support its development of a 3D PCB printer. The approved budget
is up to $ 1,445,000, and the contribution by the Innovation Authority to the research and development budget is 30% of expenditures. On the date on which
the grants were received, the Group recognized a liability using a discount rate of 19%.

In June  2017,  Nano-  Technologies  received  an  approval  from  the  Innovation  Authority  to  support  its  Project  with  Harris  Corporation  and  Space  Florida,
Florida’s aerospace economic development agency. The approved budget is up to $ 87,000, and the contribution by the Innovation Authority to the research
and  development  budget  is  50%  of  expenditures.  The  project  schedule  was  postponed  and  started  on  May  2018.  On  the  date  on  which  the  grants  were
received, the Group recognized a liability using a discount rate of 19%.

Note 11 – Other Long-term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities represent cash and property, plant and equipment items received in respect of lease of additional office space.

F- 26

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 – Commitments and contingent liabilities

Commitments

The Group leases its headquarters, manufacturing and research and development facility and cars under long-term non-cancelable operating leases, certain of
which provide for renewal options.

Rental fees and maintenance expenses for the year 2018 were approximately $1,062,000 (2017: $990,000 2016: $408,000). 

Future minimum lease payments for all existing long-term, non-cancelable operating leases, as well as purchase orders and other contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2018 are as follows:

2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter
Total

Note 13 – Equity

A. The Company’s share capital (in thousands of Ordinary Shares)

Issued and paid-up share capital as at December 31
Authorized share capital

B. Transactions with issued and paid up share capital

Thousand 
USD

3,368 
622 
488 
1,073 
5,551 

Ordinary Shares

2017

2018

62,511     
200,000     

97,099 
200,000 

On May 18, 2014, the Company engaged with Nano-Technologies and its shareholders in a contingent agreement for a private placement (the “Agreement”),
such that after the completion of the transaction, the Company will hold all of the issued and paid up capital of Nano-Technologies, and the shareholders of
Nano-Technologies  (the  “Offerees”)  will  be  related  parties  in  the  Company  and  will  appoint  directors  on  their  behalf  (the  “Transaction”  or  the  “Merger
Transaction”). The completion of the Transaction was contingent upon the fulfillment of completion of raising capital in a total amount of $1,500,000 that will
be raised from investors in consideration of the allocation of shares (“Capital Raising”). On the date of the completion of the Transaction, and subject to the
completion of the Capital Raising as stated, and subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in the Agreement, the Offerees will transfer to
the Company all of their holdings in the shares of Nano-Technologies, constituting all of the issued and paid up capital, and in consideration the Company will
allocate to Offerees 6,931,303 Ordinary Shares, which constituted, after their allocation, and after the allocation of the Capital Raising shares, holdings at a
rate of approximately 37.38% of the issued and paid up share capital of the Company and 4,322,329 non-tradable warrants that are exercisable into 4,322,329
Ordinary Shares, at an exercise price of $ 0.25 per share, provided that the Group meets the milestones set forth in the Agreement. As part of the Company’s
engagement  in  the  Merger  Transaction,  the  Company  engaged  on  July  3,  2014  in  a  private  placement  agreement,  whereby  in  consideration  for  a  total  of
approximately  $  750,000,  the  Company  allocated  2,967,938  Ordinary  Shares.  In  addition,  the  Company  engaged  in  agreements  with  additional  investors
whereby in consideration for a total of approximately $ 398,000, the Company will allocate to investors 1,592,143 Ordinary Shares and it was determined that
as a part of raising the capital, the Company would allocate to Related Parties therein 1,375,794 Ordinary Shares in consideration for a total of approximately
$ 344,000.

F- 27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Equity (Continued)

B. Transactions with issued and paid up share capital (Continued)

On August 17, 2014, the Company’s shareholders approved the Merger Transaction, including the allocation of shares and non-tradable warrants to Offerees,
and  the  allocation  of  shares  to  Investors  and  related  parties.  On  August  25,  2014,  the  Merger  Transaction,  including  the  Capital  Raising  as  stated  was
completed, and therefore, as of this date, the Company holds all of the issued and paid up capital of Nano-Technologies. This transaction was accounted for by
analogy to a reverse acquisition, with the financial statements prepared as a continuation of Nano–Technologies’ financial statements, while the equity was
adjusted to reflect retroactively the legal share capital of the Company.

During 2015, the Company completed several rounds of fund raising, in which the Company issued to investors and related parties of the Company a total of
14,974,798  Ordinary  Shares,  and  6,406,273  non-tradable  warrants,  which  are  exercisable  into  6,406,273  Ordinary  Shares,  according  to  the  exercise  terms
determined.  In  addition,  in  some  of  the  raises,  the  Company  has  undertaken  vis-à-vis  the  investors  a  price  adjustment  mechanism.  The  aggregated
consideration (gross) received from the funding rounds in 2015 amounted to a total of $ 15,674,000. The aggregated consideration (net) received from the
funding rounds in 2015 amounted to a total of $ 14,555,000. From the net issuance consideration, a total of approximately $ 377,000 was attributed to the fair
value  of  a  financial  derivative  (adjustment  mechanism).  The  remainder  of  the  issuance  consideration  was  attributed  to  equity  instruments  (shares  and
warrants),  based on their relative  fair value near the issuance date. Accordingly, a total of $ 12,988,000 was attributed  to Ordinary  Shares and a total  of $
1,188,000 was attributed to warrants.

On September 29, 2016, the Company issued, pursuant to a public offering in the U.S., an aggregate of 9,250,000 Ordinary Shares. On October 11, 2016, the
underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1,376,375 Ordinary Shares, bringing the total gross proceeds from the offering to approximately
$ 13,800,000, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering-related expenses. The total (net) consideration was approximately
$ 12,328,000.

On May 17, 2017, the Company announced that it signed a private placement agreement with Ayalim Trust Funds, an Israeli institutional investor. As a part of
this transaction, the Company issued an aggregate of 3,430,000 Ordinary Shares at a price per share of $ 1.17. The total (gross) consideration to the Company
was  approximately  $  4,000,000.  On  June  1,  2017,  the  Company  announced  that  it  signed  private  placement  agreements  with  Israeli  and  other  non-U.S.
investors.  As a  part  of  these  transactions,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate  of  4,044,050  Ordinary  Shares  at  a  price  per  share  of  $  1.17.  The  total  (gross)
consideration to the Company was approximately $4,700,000. On June 14, 2017, the Company announced that it signed private placement agreements with
several Israeli investors. As a part of these transactions, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,078,759 Ordinary Shares at a price per share of $ 1.17. The
total (gross) consideration to the Company was approximately $4,800,000.

The total (net) consideration to the Company for the abovementioned placements was approximately $12,420,000.

On February 19, 2018, the Company issued, pursuant to a public offering in the U.S., an aggregate of 30,000,000 Ordinary Shares (6,000,000 ADSs). Also, on
February  28,  2018,  the  underwriters  exercised  their  option  to  purchase  an  additional  4,500,000  Ordinary  Shares  (900,000  ADSs),  bringing  the  total  gross
proceeds from the offering to approximately $13,800,000, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering-related expenses. The
total (net) consideration was approximately $12,471,000.

See also note 22 regarding a public offering after the reporting date.

F- 28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Equity (Continued)

C. Treasury shares

As of December 31, 2018, the Company held 527,032 Ordinary Shares, constituting approximately 0.54% of its issued and paid up share capital.

Note 14 – Revenues

Consumables
Support services (*)
Sales of printers (*)
Total
Printers rental
Total revenue

For the year ended December 31
2017
Thousand 
USD

2016
Thousand 
USD

2018
Thousand 
USD

15     
-     
-     
15     
31     
46     

185     
-     
276     
461     
368     
829     

190 
400 
4,320 
4,910 
190 
5,100 

(*) The Company’s identified separated distinct performance obligations that includes: Printer, maintenance, training and installation. The Company allocates
the  transaction  price  to  the  identified  performance  obligations  based  on  the  residual  approach,  while  allocating  the  estimated  standalone  selling  prices  for
performance obligations relating to maintenance, training and installation services, and the residual is allocated to the printer.

Revenues allocated  to  the  printers  and  ink  are  recognized  when  the  control  is  passed  at  a  point  in  time.  Maintenance  revenue  is  recognized  ratably,  on  a
straight-line basis, over the period of the services. Revenue from training and installation is recognized during the time of performance.

Revenues per geographical locations:

USA
Asia Pacific
Europe and Israel(*)
Total revenue

2016

For the year ended December 31,
2017
Thousands
USD

2018
Thousands
USD

  Thousands USD    
21     
-     
25     
46     

481     
156     
192     
829     

2,727 
1,239 
1,134 
5,100 

(*) The Company combined all consumables revenues into the Europe and Israel geography, due to immateriality of the amounts.

Timing of revenue recognition:

Goods and services transferred over time
Goods transferred at a point in time
Total revenue

F- 29

2016

For the year ended December 31,
2017
Thousands
USD

2018
Thousands
USD

  Thousands USD    
31     
15     
46     

368     
461     
829     

590 
4,510 
5,100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 – Revenues (Continued)

The table below provides information regarding receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities deriving from contracts with customers.

Open balances
Income receivables
Contract liabilities

December 31,

2017

2018

  Thousand USD     Thousand USD  
1,233 
81     
80 
13     
355 
76     

The contract  liabilities  primarily  relate  to the advance consideration  received  from customers  for contracts  giving yearly warranty and maintenance for the
printer. The revenue is recognized in a straight line basis over the contracts period.

Contract costs

Management expects that commissions paid to agents for obtaining contracts are recoverable. The Group applies the expedient included in IFRS 15.94 and
recognizes  incremental  costs  for  obtaining  the  contract  as  an  expense  as  incurred,  where  the  amortization  period  of  the  asset  it  would  have  otherwise
recognized is one year or less.

Note 15 – Cost of revenues

According to sources of revenue -

Consumables
Support services
Sales of printers
Printers rental

Total

For the year ended December 31
2017
  Thousand USD     Thousand USD     Thousand USD  

2018

2016

6     
-       
-       
13     
19     

62     
-       
228     
119     
409     

195 
541 
2,800 
58 
3,594 

F- 30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 16 – Further detail of profit or loss

A. Research and development expenses, net
Payroll
Materials
Subcontractors
Patent registration
Depreciation
Rental fees and maintenance
Other

Less – Development expenditure capitalized as intangible and tangible assets
Less – government grants

B. Sales and marketing expenses
Payroll
Marketing and advertising
Rental fees and maintenance
Travel abroad
Depreciation
Other

C. General and administrative expenses
Payroll
Fees
Professional services
Directors pay
Office expenses
Travel abroad
Rental fees and maintenance
Other

D. Finance income
Exchange rate differences
Revaluation of liability in respect of government grants
Bank interest and fees

Finance expense
Exchange rate differences
Bank fees
Revaluation of liability in respect of government grants

F- 31

For the year ended December 31
2017
  Thousand USD     Thousand USD     Thousand USD  

2018

2016

5,621     
1,593     
307     
34     
178     
387     
379     
8,499     
(4,237)    
(219)    
4,043     

748     
192     
21     
45     
-     
-     
1,006     

822     
45     
1,610     
742     
232     
148     
-     
219     
3,818     

181     
-     
-     
181     

-     
29     
114     
143     

7,419     
1,844     
151     
57     
442     
824     
244     
10,981     
-     
(162)    
10,819     

1,497     
383     
59     
234     
10     
-     
2,183     

762     
68     
1,460     
493     
282     
86     
84     
128     
3,363     

-     
102     
-     
102     

889     
28     
-     
917     

4,890 
1,065 
70 
70 
880 
908 
782 
8,665 
- 
(42)
8,623 

2,226 
1,381 
64 
201 
186 
201 
4,259 

996 
32 
1,114 
306 
311 
45 
91 
107 
3,002 

- 
- 
54 
54 

127 
- 
265 
392 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 17 – Taxes on income

A. Corporate tax rate

Presented hereunder are the tax rates relevant to the Company in the years 2016-2018:

2016 – 25%
2017 – 24%
2018 – 23%

On January 4, 2016 the Knesset plenum passed the Law for the Amendment of the Income Tax Ordinance (Amendment 216) - 2016, by which, inter alia, the
corporate tax rate would be reduced by 1.5% to a rate of 25% as from January 1, 2016.

Furthermore, on December 22, 2016 the Knesset plenum passed the Economic Efficiency Law (Legislative Amendments for Achieving Budget Objectives in
the Years 2017 and 2018) – 2016, by which, inter alia, the corporate tax rate would be reduced from 25% to 23% in two steps. The first step will be to a rate of
24% as of January 2017 and the second step will be to a rate of 23% as of January 2018.

These changes had no impact on the financial statements.

B. Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes)

(a)

(b)

The Company and some of its subsidiaries qualify as “Industrial Companies” as defined in the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes) –
1969  and  accordingly  they  are  entitled  to  benefits,  of  which  the  most  significant  one  is  the  possibility  of  submitting  consolidated  tax  returns  by
companies in the same line of business.

The Company and certain subsidiaries are planning to submit a consolidated tax return to the Tax Authorities in accordance with the Law for the
Encouragement of Industry (Taxes) – 1969. As a result, the companies are, inter alia, entitled to offset their losses from the taxable income of other
companies, subject to compliance with certain conditions.

C. Theoretical tax

The following presents the adjustment between the theoretical tax amount and the tax amount included in the financial statements:

Loss before taxes on income
Statutory tax rate
Theoretical tax benefit
Increase in tax liability due to:
Unrecognized expenses
Losses and benefits for tax purposes for which no deferred taxes were recorded
Taxes on income

D. Tax assessments

The Company has final tax assessments until and including the 2013 tax year.

E. Accumulated losses for tax purposes and other deductible temporary differences

(8,976)    
25%   
(2,244)    

638 
1,606 
- 

2016
  Thousand USD  

For the year ended December 31,
2017
  Thousand USD  

2018
  Thousand USD  
(15,488)
23%
(3,562)

(17,503)    
24%   
(4,201)    

629 
3,572 
- 

280 
3,282 
- 

As of the reporting date, the Group has net operating loss for tax purposes in the amount of approximately $ 40,000,000. The Israeli tax authorities may not
permit  the  off-set  of  the  accumulated  losses  that  were  incurred  before  the  merger  of  the  Company,  in  an  amount  of  approximately  $  6,010,000. (see  Note
13.B).

As of December 31, 2018, the Group has deductible temporary differences in the amount of approximately  $ 2,169,000, mainly relating  to R&D expenses
which are deductible over a period of three years for tax purpose.

The Group has not recognized a tax asset for the aforesaid losses and deductible temporary differences, due to the uncertainty regarding the ability to utilize
those losses and deductible of temporary differences in the future.

F- 32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 – Loss per share

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Weighted average of number of Ordinary Shares used in the calculation of the basic and diluted loss per

share (in thousands)

Net loss used in calculation (thousand USD)

For the year ended December 31
2017

2016

2018

40,760     
8,976     

56,540     
17,503     

91,799 
15,488 

On December 31, 2018, 8,517,047 options and warrants (in 2017: 8,697,362, and 2016: 13,415,764) were excluded from the diluted weighted average number
of Ordinary Shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares:

Balance as at January 1
Effect of share options exercised
Effect of shares issued during the year
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings (loss) per share as at

December 31

Note 19 – Share-based payments

Year ended December 31
2017

2016

2018

  Thousands of
shares of NIS
0.1
par value

    Thousands of
shares of NIS
0.1
par value

    Thousands of
shares of NIS
0.1
par value

33,794     
4,300     
2,666     

49,616     
303     
6,621     

61,984 
70 
29,745 

40,760     

56,540     

91,799 

A. During 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved grants of an aggregated amount of 2,800,140 non-tradable share options to employees, officers, and
consultants of the Company, which are exercisable into 2,800,140 Ordinary Shares. The exercise price of the options is between $ 0.42 and $ 2.30 for each
share option. Some of the options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

On  November  16,  2016,  the  Company  granted  to  employees  of  the  Company  976,500  share  options  (non-tradable),  which  are  exercisable  into  976,500
Ordinary  Shares.  One  third  of  the  share  options  will  vest  after  one  year  from  commencement  of  employment,  and  the  remaining  will  vest  in  eight  equal
quarterly batches over a period of two years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days
from the end of employment date, in consideration for an exercise price of $ 0.43 for each share option. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

On November 29, 2016, the Company issued non-tradable options to purchase 200,000 Ordinary Shares to four advisors (divided equally among them) at an
exercise price of $ 1.95 per share. Such options vest quarterly over one year and expire 3 years from the grant date.

F- 33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 – Share-based payment (Continued)

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

On January 17, 2017, the Company issued 75,000 restricted  Ordinary Shares (15,000 ADSs) and non-tradable  options to purchase 75,000  Ordinary Shares
(15,000 ADSs), to a service provider at an exercise price of $ 10.00 per ADS. The options are exercisable immediately and will expire 18 months from the
grant date. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

On March 21, 2017, the Company issued 25,000 restricted Ordinary Shares (5,000 ADSs) to a service provider.

On May 10, 2017, the Company issued 25,000 restricted Ordinary Shares (5,000 ADSs) to a service provider.

On May 24, 2017, the Company granted to employees of the Company 1,107,334 share options (non-tradable), which are exercisable into 1,107,334 Ordinary
Shares.  One  third  of  the  share  options  will  vest  after  one  year  from  commencement  of  employment,  and  the  remaining  will  vest  in  eight  equal  quarterly
batches over a period of two years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the
end of employment date, in consideration for an exercise price of $ 0.46 for each share option. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

On November  20,  2017,  the  Company  granted  to  employees  and  officer  of  the  Company  710,000  share  options  (non-tradable),  which  are  exercisable into
710,000 Ordinary Shares. For 460,000 options- One third of the share options will vest after one year from commencement of employment, and the remaining
will vest in eight equal quarterly batches over a period of two years. For the remaining 250,000 options- the options will vest on a quarterly basis over a period
of three years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of employment
date. The exercise price for 460,000 options is $ 0.98 for each share option, and for the remaining 250,000 options- the exercise price is $ 1.56 for each share
option. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

In January 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 525,000 Ordinary Shares to officers of the Company at an exercise price of $ 1.59 per
share. The share options will vest in 12 equal quarterly batches over a period of three years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period
of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of employment date. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

In March 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 30,000 Ordinary Shares to employee of the Company at an exercise price of $ 0.43 per
share. One third of the share options will vest after one year from commencement of employment, and the remaining will vest in eight equal quarterly batches
over a period of two years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of
employment date.

In May 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 653,000 Ordinary Shares to employees and consultant of the Company. 305,000 options
are at an exercise price of $ 0.28 per share and 348,000 options are at an exercise price of $ 0.31 per share. For 603,00 options- One third of the share options
will vest after  one year from commencement  of employment,  and the remaining will vest in eight equal quarterly batches over a period of two years. The
remaining  50,000 options  will  vest  in  four  equal  quarterly  batches  over  a  period  of  one  year.  The  share  options  will  be  exercisable  during  the  earlier  of  a
period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of employment date. 298,000 options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

In August 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 463,000 Ordinary Shares to employees of the Company. 313,000 options are at an
exercise price of $ 0.42 per share and 150,000 options are at an exercise price of $ 0.41 per share. One third of the share options will vest after one year from
commencement of employment, and the remaining will vest in eight equal quarterly batches over a period of two years. The share options will be exercisable
during the earlier of a period of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of employment date. 313,000 options include a cashless exercise
mechanism.

F- 34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 – Share-based payment (Continued)

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

In November 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 981,500 Ordinary Shares to employees and consultant of the Company. 897,500
options are at an exercise price of $ 0.38 per share and 84,000 options are at an exercise price of $ 0.41 per share. One third of the share options will vest after
one year from commencement of employment, and the remaining will vest in eight equal quarterly batches over a period of two years. The share options will
be  exercisable  during  the  earlier  of  a  period  of  four  years  from  the  vesting  date,  or  90  days  from  the  end  of  employment  date.  837,500  options  include  a
cashless exercise mechanism.

B. During  2015,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  grants  of  an  aggregated  amount  of  3,340,878  non-tradable  share  options  to  directors  (including  the
chairman of the board), which are exercisable into 3,340,878 Ordinary Shares. The exercise price of the options is between $ 0.44 and $ 2.30 for each share
option. The options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

On April 19, 2017, the Company’s shareholders approved a grant of 275,000 share options (non-tradable) to a director, which are exercisable into 275,000
Ordinary Shares. The share options will vest in 12 equal quarterly batches over a period of three years, starting from April 20, 2017, and be exercisable during
a  period  of  five  years  from  the  grant  date,  in  consideration  for  an  exercise  price  of  $  1.77  for  each  share  option.  The  options  include  a  cashless  exercise
mechanism.

In January 2018, the Company issued options (non-tradable) to purchase 300,000 Ordinary Shares to officers of the Company at an exercise price of $ 1.59 per
share. The share options will vest in 12 equal quarterly batches over a period of three years. The share options will be exercisable during the earlier of a period
of four years from the vesting date, or 90 days from the end of employment date. 275,000 of the options include a cashless exercise mechanism.

C. On April 2, 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved a grant of 559,097 non-tradable share options to Yissum. 223,697 of those share options are

currently outstanding and exercisable.

D. The fair value of share options is measured using the Black-Scholes formula or Binomial pricing model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the
measurement  date,  the  exercise  price  of  the  instrument,  expected  volatility  (based  on  the  weighted  average  volatility  of  the  Company’s  shares,  over  the
expected term of the options), expected term of the options (based on general option holder behavior and expected share price), expected dividends, and the
risk-free interest rate (based on government debentures).

The following is the data used in determining the fair value of the share options:

Number of share options granted
Fair value in the grant date (thousand USD)
Range of share price (USD)
Range of exercise price (USD)
Range of expected share price volatility
Range of estimated life (years)
Range of weighted average of risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Exercisable as of December 31, 2018

19.A-
Consultants and
Employees

8,396,222 
5,185 
 0.28 – 1.80 
 0.28 – 2.30 

    19.B- Directors     19.C- Yissum  
559,097 
742 
1.84 
0.71 
57.26%

3,545,000 
3,170 
 0.63 – 1.89 
 1.44 – 1.84 

 40.3%-65.06%    53.75%-61.27%   

 1.5 – 9.01 
 0.56%-1.98%   

4 – 5 

 0.88%-1.32%   

- 
5,647,175 
2,476,800 

- 
2,070,000 
1,913,750 

5 
1.15%
- 
223,697 
223,697 

F- 35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 19 – Share-based payment (Continued)

E. The number of share options granted to employees and consultants, and included in Note 19.A are as follows:

Outstanding at January 1
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Outstanding at December 31

Exercisable as of December 31

The number of share options granted to directors and included in Note 19.B are as follows:

Outstanding at January 1
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Outstanding at December 31

Exercisable as of December 31

2017
3,799,892     
1,892,334     
(348,314)    
(734,278)    
4,609,634     
2,345,351     

2018
4,609,634 
2,652,500 
(590,292)
(1,024,667)
5,647,175 
2,476,800 

2017
3,340,878     
275,000     
(370,878)    
(99,999)    
3,145,001     
2,176,672     

2018
3,145,001 
300,000 
- 
(1,375,001)
2,070,000 
1,913,750 

F. The share based payments expenses in 2018 were $ 403,000 (in 2017: $ 1,755,000).

Expenses for share based payments in 2018 include expenses in an amount of approximately $ 12,000 that were capitalized to property, plant and equipment
and expenses in an amount of approximately $ 9,000 that were capitalized to inventory.

Expenses for share based payments in 2017 include expenses in an amount of approximately $ 14,000 that were capitalized to property, plant and equipment
and expenses in an amount of approximately $ 20,000 that were capitalized to inventory.

F- 36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 20 – Financial instruments

A. Risk management policy

The actions of the Group expose it to various financial risks, such as a market risk (including a currency risk, fair value risk regarding interest rate and price
risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk for the interest rate. The comprehensive risk-management policy of the Group focuses on actions to limit the
potential negative impacts on financial performance of the Group to a minimum. The Group does not typically use derivative financial instruments in order to
hedge exposures. Risk management is performed by the Group’s Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the policy approved by the board of directors. 

B. Credit risk

The Group does not have a significant concentration of credit risks.

The cash of the Group are deposited in Israeli and U.S. banking corporations. In the estimation of the Group’s management, the credit risk for these financial
instruments is low.

In the estimation of the Group’s management, it does not have any expected credit losses.

C. Currency risk

A currency risk is the risk of fluctuations in a financial instrument, as a result of changes in the exchange rate of the foreign currency.

The following is the classification and linkage terms of the financial instruments of the Group (in thousand USD):

December 31, 2018
Cash
Restricted deposits
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Total net financial assets (liabilities)

December 31, 2017
Cash
Restricted deposits
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Total net financial assets (liabilities)

NIS

Linked to the
US dollar

Linked to the
EURO and
Other

Total

583     
347     
-       
10     
940     
2,850     
(1,910)    

237     
433     
-       
238     
908     
2,001     
(1,093)    

3,169     
21     
1,079     
205     
4,474     
1,880     
2,594     

5,865     
20     
21     
-       
5,906     
1,329     
4,577     

1     
-       
234     
-       
235     
1     
234     

1     
-       
73     
-       
74     
-       
74     

3,753 
368 
1,313 
215 
5,649 
4,731 
918 

6,103 
453 
94 
238 
6,888 
3,330 
3,558 

The following is a sensitivity analysis of changes in the exchange rate of the NIS as of the reporting date:

F- 37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 20 – Financial instruments (Continued)

C. Currency risk (Continued)

Increase at a rate of 5%
Increase at a rate of 10%
Decrease at a rate of 5%
Decrease at a rate of 10%

D. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the financial instruments of the Group is similar or equal to their book value.

E. Liquidity risk

The table below presents the repayment dates of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual terms in undiscounted amounts:

Profit (loss)
from the change  
  Thousand USD  
(95)
(191)
95 
191 

December 31, 2018
Trade payables
Other payables
Other long-term liabilities
Liability in respect of government grants

December 31, 2017
Trade payables
Other payables
Other long-term liabilities
Liability in respect of government grants

Note 21 – Transactions and Balances with related parties

A. Balances with related parties

Other payables

F- 38

More than a
year or

First year

undetermined    

Total

1,414     
2,150     

-     
3,564     

512     
1,655     
-     
-     
2,167     

-     
28     
244     
895     
1,167     

-     
28     
302     
833     
1,163     

1,414 
2,178 
244 
895 
4,731 

512 
1,683 
302 
833 
3,330 

December 31,

2017
Thousands
USD

2018

    Thousands USD  
74 

115     

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
      
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 21 – Transactions and Balances with related parties (Continued)

B. Shareholders and other related parties benefits

Salaries and related expenses- related parties employed by the Group

Number of related parties

Compensation for directors not employed by the Group
Number of directors

2016

Year ended on December 31,
2017
  Thousand USD     Thousand USD     Thousand USD  
829 
4 
311 
7 

1,501     
5     
739     
8     

1,138     
5     
494     
9     

2018

C. During, 2015, the Company’s shareholders approved a private placement of 285,715 Ordinary Shares to related parties.

In addition, during 2015, the Company’s shareholders approved the terms of employment of the four founders of the Company and the Chairman of the board
of directors, as well as grant of 2,360,000 stock options (non-tradable) to several directors, which were exercisable into 2,360,000 Ordinary Shares.

On December  2015,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  notice  period  for  termination  of  the  four  founders  of  the  Company,  to  a
period of six months, as well as a corresponding amendment to the Company’s compensation policy for office holders.

The Company’s shareholders also approved to grant a director, 250,000 stock options (non-tradable), which are exercisable into 250,000 Ordinary Shares, at
an exercise price of $ 2.33 per share. On April 19, 2017, the Company’s shareholders approved the reduction of exercise price to $ 1.84 per share.

D. On January 27, 2016, pursuant to an exercise of 3,746,161 warrants by Mr. Amit Dror, who serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Mr. Dagi Ben-
Noon, who served as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Simon Anthony-Fried, who serves as Chief Marketing Officer, and Mr. Sharon Fima, who served as Chief
Technology Officer, and in consideration of approximately $ 816 thousands, the Company issued 3,746,161 Ordinary Shares.

E. On April 19, 2017, the Company’s shareholders approved the immediate acceleration  of the unvested options granted to Yoel Yogev and Zvika Yemini in
2015, and that their options shall remain exercisable for an extended period of time until November 2020, subject to their resignation from the Company’s
board of directors.

F. On April 19, 2017, the Company’s shareholders approved to grant Avi Reichental, a director, 275,000 stock options (non-tradable), which are exercisable into

275,000 Ordinary Shares, at an exercise price of $ 1.77 per share.

On January 1, 2018, the Company’s shareholders approved to grant Itzhak Shrem, a director, 275,000 stock options (non-tradable), which are exercisable into
275,000 Ordinary Shares, at an exercise price of $ 1.59 per share and 25,000 stock options (non-tradable), which are exercisable into 25,000 Ordinary Shares
to Avi Reichental, the Chairman of the board of directors, at similar exercise price.

F- 39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21 – Transactions and Balances with related parties (Continued)

Nano Dimension Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

G. On  November  20,  2017,  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  approved  a  non-exceptional  transactions  in  which  Mr.  Avi  Reichental,  a  director  of  the
Company,  has  a  personal  interest,  for  an  open  innovation  and  show  room  agreements  between  Nano  Dimension  USA  Inc.  and  XponentialWorks  Inc.  and
Techniplas, LLC, whereby the Company will lease space and use sales and marketing services in favor of the customer experience center in Ventura, as well
as establish a cooperation in the field of car electronics starting on December 1, 2017.

Note 22 – Events after the reporting date

A. After the  reporting  period,  in  February  2019,  the  Company  issued,  pursuant  to  a  public  offering  in  the  U.S.,  an  aggregate  of  80,000,000  Ordinary Shares
(16,000,000  ADSs),  80,000,000  non-tradable  warrants  (exercisable  into  80,000,000  Ordinary  Shares)  and  60,000,000  non-tradable  rights  to  purchase
(exercisable  into  60,000,000  Ordinary  Shares),  according  to  the  exercise  terms  determined.  In  case  the  Company  will  not  have  an  effective  registration
statement  in time of exercising  of the rights to purchase  or the warrants, they include a cashless exercise mechanism.  Thus, the rights to purchase and the
warrants will be classified  as financial liability  and will be measured at fair value through profit and loss. The total gross proceeds from the offering  were
approximately $12,000,000, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering-related expenses. The total (net) consideration was
approximately $10,600,000.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nano Dimension Ltd.
(the “Company”)
Employee Stock Option Plan (2015)

Exhibit 4.2

1. Name and Purpose of the Plan

1.1. This Plan, adopted by the board of directors of Nano Dimension Ltd. (hereinafter – the “ Company ”), as may be amended from time to time, shall be

called the “Nano Dimension Ltd. Employee Stock Option Plan (2015)” (hereinafter – the “ Plan ”).

1.2. The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  compensate  and  provide  incentive  to  employees,  officers,  consultants,  and  service  providers  of  the  Company  and  its
Affiliated Companies (if any, as such term is defined hereunder), whether existing now and/or in the future, including the Controlling Shareholders of the
Company, for their contribution and efforts in developing the Company’s business, and to reinforce their corporate identity.

1.3. Grants under the Plan made to service providers in various jurisdictions may be subject to special conditions, as may be set forth in separate appendixes

to this Plan as approved by the Company’s Board.

2. Definitions

The following definitions shall apply to terms mentioned in the Plan:

“ Option ”  –  an  option  issued  under  the  Plan  to  purchase  Shares,  while  each  option  is  exercisable  into  one  ordinary  Share  of  the  Company  (subject  to
adjustments) and subject to the provisions of this Plan.

“ RSU ” –Restricted Share Unit issued under the Plan.

“ 3(i) Options ” – Options the exercise of which are subject to the tax regime set forth in Section 3(i) of the Income Tax Ordinance, allocated to persons who
are not Eligible Participants.

“3(i) RSUs” – RSUs the settlement of which are subject to the tax regime set forth in Section 3(i) of the Income Tax Ordinance, allocated to persons who are
not Eligible Participants.

“ Award ” – Options and RSUs granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

“ Choice of Course ” – the Company’s choice between two tax courses applicable to allocation of shares to employees through a trustee (the Capital Gains
Course or the Ordinary Income Course), which shall be reported to the tax authorities, and according to which course  Awards shall be allocated under the
Plan. 

“ Controlling Shareholder ” – as defined in Section 32(9) of the Ordinance.

“ Board ” – the Company’s board of directors.

“ Stock Exchange ” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.

“ Nominee Company ” – any nominee company chosen by the Company.

“ Rules ” – the Income Tax Rules (Tax Benefits in Shares Issuance to Employees), 5763-2003.

“ Director ” – a director appointed under Section 229 of the Ordinance, including the deputy director.

“ Allocation without a Trustee ” – allocation to an Eligible Participant in accordance with Section 102(c) of the Income Tax Ordinance that is not held in
trust by the Trustee.

“ Capital Gains Course Allocation ” – allocation to an Eligible Participant through a trustee, to which the Capital Gains Course tax arrangement applies.

1  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“ Ordinary Income Course Allocation ” – allocation through a trustee, to which the Ordinary Income Course tax arrangement applies.

“ Allocation through a Trustee ” – allocation in accordance with Section 102(b) of the Income Tax Ordinance, while the Award or Share being allocated is
held for the Participant by a trustee, including Ordinary Income Course Allocations and Capital Gains Course Allocations.

“ Allocation Agreement ” – an agreement or other document defining the terms of a certain Allocation under the Plan, including clauses in the employment
agreement between the Company and the Participant that includes an undertaking to allocate Options, RSUs or Shares.

“ Allocation ” – an allocation of Options, RSUs or Shares under the Plan. Every allocation shall be confirmed by an Allocation Agreement setting forth the
terms thereof.

“ Company ” – Nano Dimension Ltd., and any succeeding entity.

“ Affiliated Company ” – any Employer Company, as defined in Section 102(a) of the Income Tax Ordinance.

“ Companies Law ” – the Companies Law, 5759-1999, and its amendments.

“ Shares ” – ordinary shares of the Company, par value NIS 0.1 each (subject to adjustments and/or technical changes to the Company’s equity).

“ Exercise Shares ” – shares resulting from the exercise of Options.

“ Capital Gains Course ” – the tax arrangement set forth in Sections 102(b)(2) and 102(b)(3) of the Income Tax Ordinance.

“ Ordinary Income Course ” – the tax arrangement set forth in Section 102(b)(1) of the Income Tax Ordinance, whereby income generated by the sale of
Shares or the transfer thereof from the Trustee to an employee shall be taxed as ordinary income.

“ Participant ” – any person receiving Allocation under the Plan and executing an Allocation Agreement.

“ Eligible Participant ” – an employee of the Company or of an Affiliated Company, or an individual serving as director or officer of the Company, but not a
Controlling Shareholder.

“ Trustee ” – a person or corporation appointed by the Company’s Board to serve as trustee, and who has been approved by the tax authorities in accordance
with Section 102 of the Ordinance.

“ Income Tax Ordinance ” or “ Ordinance ” – the Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 5721-1961, and all rules, regulations, orders and decisions by
virtue thereof, and all amendments thereto, and particularly the Rules (as defined above), as may be amended from time to time.

“ Code ” - Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ Control ” – as such term is defined in the Securities Law, 5728-1968.

“ Plan ” – this plan.

“ Plan Administrator ” – the Company's Board.

 “ Restriction Period ” – the period set forth in Section 102 of the Ordinance, or any other period required by the tax authorities in connection with Allocation
through a Trustee, during which Options and/or RSUs allocated by the Company must be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Eligible Participant. As of
the date  of adopting  this Plan, the  Restriction  Period  for  Ordinary  Income  Course Allocations  is  12 months  from  the  date  of allocating  the Options  and/or
RSUs, and the Restriction Period for Capital Gains Course Allocations is 24 months from the date of allocating the Options and/or RSUs.

2  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Plan Administration

3.1. The Company’s Board is responsible for administering the Plan and for all actions required thereunder, including determining: (A) the identity of the
Participants; (B) the number of Options and/or RSUs in each Allocation; (C) Allocation dates; (D) vesting terms for RSUs and Options, settlement terms
for RSUs and regarding the Options, exercise price, exercise period (including timetables and conditions for exercising the right to Options, including
determining defined periods (such as Blackout Periods) during which exercise notices may not be served), the manner of exercise and other conditions
that apply to certain Allocations; (E) the form of the Allocation Agreement or other documents related to Allocations; (F) limitations and conditions that
apply to Awards or their underlying Shares; (G) any other resolution necessary or related to the Plan, whether or not mentioned in this Plan, provided the
terms of the Options and/or RSUs previously granted shall not be prejudiced without the Participant’s consent; and any other matter necessary or fitting
for  arranging  Allocations  and/or  for  administering,  clarifying,  interpreting  and  implementing  the  Plan.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  law,  the  Board’s
interpretation of any section of the Plan is absolute and final.

3.2. Board members shall bear no liability for any action or decision made in good faith in connection with the Plan or for any Allocation made in accordance

with the Plan.

3.3. The Company’s Board may delegate its authorities subject to the provisions of the Company’s articles of association and applicable law, provided that in

any event the Board shall be entitled to exercise its authorities under the Plan even if such authorities have been delegated.

3.4. Allocation of Awards to officers of the Company shall be made in accordance with, and subject to the Company’s officers’ compensation policy set forth
and  adopted  by  the  Company  from  time  to  time  (“  Compensation  Policy  ”),  save  for  instances  where  the  authorized  organs  of  the  Company  have
determined Allocation can be made not in accordance with the Compensation Policy. Resolutions requiring approval of the Audit Committee and/or the
Compensation Committee under applicable law, shall be approved by the Audit Committee prior to approval by the Board, and where necessary also by
the Company’s general assembly.

3.5. The  provisions  of  this  Plan  shall  not  derogate  from  the  authorities  of  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  under  applicable  law  and/or  the

Company’s compensation plan.

  4. Eligibility to Participate in the Plan

4.1. Allocations  under  the  Plan  shall  not  be  made  to  Board  members  or  officers,  unless  such  Allocations  have  been  approved  in  accordance  with  the

provisions of the Companies Law.

4.2. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1 above and applicable law, Options and/or RSUs can be allocated to Eligible Participants and to service providers

of the Company and/or Affiliated Companies, regardless whether they are serving as directors or officers.

4.3. Subject  to  the  provisions  of  applicable  law,  the  Company’s  Board  shall  determine  the  identity  of  Eligible  Participants  under  the  Plan.  Eligibility  for

Allocation, its conditions, and the number of Shares or Awards of each Allocation shall be determined by the organs authorized under law.

4.4. Eligible  Participants  are  only  entitled  to  receive  Allocations  through  a  Trustee  or  Allocations  without  a  Trustee.  Participants  who  are  not  Eligible

Participants can only be allocated Awards according to Section 3(i).

4.5. Granting Awards to Participants under this Plan does not confer nor does it negate from the recipient the right to participate in other Award Allocations

under the Plan or under any other Award or share allocation plan of the Company or of its Affiliated Companies.

3  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Shares Designated for the Plan

The Board is entitled to determine from time to time the number of Options, RSUs and Shares designated for Allocations in the framework of the Plan, and
such number may be reduced or increased from time to time. Until termination of the Plan the Company shall reserve a suitable number of Shares from its
registered and unissued share capital for purpose of allocating the total number of Shares underlying the Awards that have been granted, subject to adjustments
resulting from changes in the equity of the Company, as set forth in Section 11 hereunder. Any such Shares that remain registered but unissued, and that upon
termination of the Plan are not underlying Options and/or RSUs shall no longer be reserved for the Plan, however until termination of the Plan the Company
shall at all times reserve a suitable number of Shares in accordance with the requirements of the Plan. In the event Options and/or RSUs granted in accordance
with the Plan expire or are cancelled prior to exercise or settlement, as applicable, or in the event a Participant waives the exercise of such Options and/or
waives the right to receive Shares subject to RSUs, the underlying Shares that were not purchased or settled shall be made available for the Plan and may be
used including for allocation to other Participants.

6. Allocation Agreement

6.1. The Company’s Board is entitled to approve Allocations to Participants under the Plan at its discretion and subject to the provisions of applicable law.

Allocation terms shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Allocation Agreement in the form approved by the Board.

6.2. The Allocation date shall be the date determined by the Company’s Board upon Allocation, provided it does not precede the date of Board’s resolution,
and  in  the  absence  of  such  determination  shall  be  the  date  the  Allocation  was  approved  by  the  Board,  and  in  any  event  subject  to  the  provision  of
applicable law and any regulatory limitation relevant to the date of allocating the Options and/or RSUs.

6.3. The Allocation Agreement shall set forth,  inter
alia
, the number of granted Shares or Options or RSUs and special conditions for Allocation (if any), as
determined by the Board. Similarly, the Allocation Agreement shall indicate whether the Allocation is an Allocation through a Trustee, an Allocation
without a Trustee, or Allocation of 3(i) Options; and in the event of Allocation through a Trustee – it shall also indicate the applicable tax regime, i.e.
Capital Gains Course or Ordinary Income Course.

6.4. In addition, the Allocation Agreement shall include consents and undertakings of the Participant as follows: (A) the Participant’s consent to all provisions
of  the  Plan,  including  and  without  derogating  from  the  generality  of  the  aforementioned,  its  consent  to  bear  all  tax  liabilities  and  other  mandatory
payments deriving from offering and allocating the Awards, their exercise, settlement or transfer or the delivery of Shares or Exercise Shares, including
authorization of the Company to withhold at source (including if necessary – from the number of Options and/or RSUs and/or Exercise Shares or Shares
allocated or issued, as applicable) any tax that applies as well as consent to indemnify the Company should it be sued for failure to pay such taxes. In the
event that, at any time in the future, it is determined by any authorized tax authority and/or judgment that the Company is required to deduct tax for the
Allocation prior to the Option exercise date or RSU settlement date, than the Participant undertakes to transfer to the Company, immediately upon its
initial  request,  the  amount  of  such  tax  liability;  (B)  undertaking  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  law  prohibiting  use  of  the  Company’s  inside
information;  (C) undertaking  to comply with the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance,  the Rules and the Plan to the extent applicable;  (D) the
Participant’s  undertaking  to  comply  with  the  procedure  for  exercise  of  the  Awards  and  sale  of  the  Exercise  Shares  or  Shares,  as  agreed  between  the
Company and the Trustee, the principles of which are specified in part in Sections 8 and 9 hereunder; (E) undertaking to release the Trustee from any
liability with respect to any lawful and good faith action or decision in connection with the Plan or the Options and/or RSUs allocated to the Trustee on
behalf of the Participant or the Exercise Shares  or Shares granted to it by virtue thereof; (F) instructions to the Trustee with respect to the manner of
exercising the voting rights attached to the Shares resulting from exercise of Options and/or when RSUs are settled, as applicable, during the Restriction
Period.

4  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  7. Choice of Course under Section 102

7.1. Subject to the provisions hereunder, Allocations made in accordance with Section 102, shall be granted subject to: (A) Section 102(B)(2) of the Income
Tax  Ordinance  –  with  respect  to  Capital  Gains  Course  Allocations,  or:  (B)  Section  102(B)(1)  of  the  Income  Tax  Ordinance  with  respect  to  Ordinary
Income  Course  Allocations.  The  Company’s  choice  of  tax  course  for  allocating  Shares  to  employees  through  a  trustee  shall  be  reported  to  the  tax
authorities.  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  102,  once  the  Company  has  reported  its  chosen  course  to  the  tax  authorities,  changing  the
Company’s  chosen  tax  course  shall  only  be  permitted  upon  the  lapse  of  at  least  12  months  from  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  during  which  the  first
Allocation  was  made,  according  to  the  original  choice  of  course.  For  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  Company’s  choice  shall  not  prevent  it  from  making
Allocations without a Trustee to Eligible Participants at any time.

7.2. Eligible  Participants  are  only  entitled  to  receive  Allocations  through  a  Trustee  or  Allocations  without  a  Trustee.  Participants  who  are  not  Eligible
Participants are only entitled to receive 3(i) Options and/or 3(i) RSUs. The Allocation Agreement or the documents evidencing the Allocation of Options
and/or RSUs and/or Shares under the Plan shall indicate whether the Allocation is through a Trustee, without a Trustee, or 3(i) Options. In the event of
Allocation through a Trustee, it shall also indicate whether Allocation is made under the Capital Gains Course or under the Ordinary Income Course.

7.3. Allocations through a trustee under this Plan can only be made upon the lapse of 30 days from filing the necessary reports to the tax authorities, and all

subject to the provisions of the Income Tax Ordinance.

  8. Terms of 102 Allocations Through a Trustee

8.1. The date set forth on the Allocation Agreement delivered to the Participant shall be deemed the allocation date for every Allocation through a Trustee
(hereinafter: the “ Allocation Date ”), provided the two following conditions are met: (A) the Company provides notice to the Trustee indicating such
date being the Allocation Date; and (B) the Participant executes the Allocation Agreement and all documents required by the Company or the Trustee.

8.2. The Allocation shall be deemed an Allocation through a Trustee in the event the Company, immediately pursuant to making the Allocation and in any
event no later than the date determined by the tax authorities as updated from time to time: (A) notifies the Trustee of the Allocation and transfers to the
Trustee a copy of the allocation resolution; and (B) submits the Allocation and the Allocation Agreement, including accompanying documents, to the
Trustee as required by the tax authorities, and the Eligible Participant executes a confirmation in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 in the
form required by the Trustee.

8.3. Upon  making  an  Allocation  through  a  Trustee  the  Trustee  shall  be  allocated  all  the  Options  and/or  RSUs  and/or  Shares  to  be  issued  as  result  of
exercising the Options and/or settlement of RSUs, which shall be registered to the name of the Trustee and held by the Trustee in trust for the benefit of
the Participant for the duration of the Restriction Period and thereafter, and the Shares resulting from exercise shall be held by the Trustee during the
Restriction Period and thereafter whereby said Shares are registered in the Company’s books to the name of a nominee company, and held by a member
of the Stock Exchange in a deposit maintained to the name of the Trustee, while only the Trustee shall have signatory rights in the deposit. Upon the
lapse  of  the  Restriction  Period,  the  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to  transfer  the  Awards  or  Shares  (as  applicable)  to  the  Participant  (through  the  nominee
company), and/or sell them (including same day sale, to which the conditions set forth in Section 9.10 hereunder shall apply), all or part, as instructed by
the Participant, only if: (A) the Trustee received confirmation from the tax authorities whereby all taxes due under the Income Tax Ordinance has been
paid, or if the Trustee and/or the Company or Affiliated Company actually deducted taxes due under the Income Tax Ordinance; and (B) all actions were
completed and all confirmations obtained as required by law in connection with such transfer and/or sale.

8.4. Any  Allocation  through  a  Trustee  (whether  according  to  the  Capital  Gains  Course  or  the  Ordinary  Income  Course)  shall  be  subject  to  the  relevant
provisions  of  Section  102,  the  Income  Tax  Ordinance  and  the  confirmation  of  the  Assessing  Officer,  which  shall  constitute  an  integral  part  of  the
allocation terms, which in the event of discrepancy shall take precedent over the provisions of the Plan or the Allocation Agreement. All provisions of the
Income Tax Ordinance, the regulations and rules thereunder as well as any confirmation or instruction of the tax authorities in accordance with Section
102 (even if not explicitly mentioned in the Plan or the Allocation Agreement) – shall be binding upon the Eligible Participants. The Trustee and any
Eligible  Participant  receiving  Allocation  through  a  Trustee  must  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Ordinance  and  shall  be  subject  to  all
provisions  of  the  trust  agreement  between  the  Company  and  the  Trustee.  In  addition,  the  Eligible  Participant  hereby  agrees  to  execute  any  document
required by the Company or the Trustee for purpose of compliance with the provisions of applicable law, including Section 102.

5  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.5. During  the  Restriction  Period,  the  Eligible  Participant  shall  not  be  entitled  to  require  the  Trustee  to  release,  transfer  or  sell  the  Awards  the  Eligible
Participant has received, or Shares or other shares received pursuant to exercising rights deriving from Shares or Options (including bonus shares) and/or
pursuant  to settlement  of  RSUs to such Participant  or to any  third  party,  unless it is entitled  to  do so under Section  102 as set  forth  in the paragraph
hereunder, and subject to applicable law.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, the Trustee is entitled, subject to receiving a written request and further subject to the limitations of applicable law,
to  release  and  transfer  such  Shares  to  the  Participant  or  to  any  third  party,  so  long  as  the  following  two  conditions  are  met  prior  to  such  release or
transfer: (A) all taxes due for release and transfer of the Shares by the Participant, the Trustee or the Company were paid or deducted; and (B) the Trustee
received written notice from the Company confirming that all conditions necessary for said release and transfer have been satisfied in accordance with
the Company’s articles of association, the Plan, the provisions of the relevant agreement and applicable law. For avoidance of doubt, any sale, transfer or
release of such securities during the Restriction Period may result in tax consequences due to breach of the Restriction Period as set forth in Section 102.
In any event, and without derogating from the provisions of Section 13 hereunder, the Eligible Participant shall be solely liable for all tax consequences
deriving from transfer to third parties as set forth in this Section.

8.6. Without derogating from the aforementioned in Section 8.4, during the Restriction Period or prior to payment of tax or to securing payment of applicable
tax,  as  set  forth  in  Section  7  of  the  Rules,  according  to  the  later  to  occur,  the  Options  and/or  RSUs  (including  Exercise  Shares  or  Shares  received
thereunder by the Trustee) shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or otherwise willfully encumbered, and no power of attorney or transfer
deeds shall be granted thereunder, whether with immediate or prospective effect, save for transfer by will or by law; in the event of transfer of Options
and/or RSUs and/or Exercise Shares or Shares received thereunder and/or Shares allocated (if shares are allocated) by virtue of will or by law as set forth
above, the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules shall apply to the Participant’s heirs or transferees, as the case may be.

8.7. If Shares are held by a trustee on behalf of a Participant in the framework of this Plan, and the Company declares distribution of bonus shares and/or
grants additional rights for the Shares, the provisions of this Plan shall apply to such bonus shares and/or rights. In addition, the commencement date of
the Restriction Period for such rights shall be deemed the commencement date of the Restriction Period of the Allocation pursuant to which the bonus
shares  or  additional  rights  were  distributed.  In  the  event  of  distribution  of  cash  dividends  for  Shares  held  by  the  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the  Eligible
Participant, the Trustee shall transfer the income from the dividends to the Eligible Participant after lawfully deducting tax and mandatory payments.

8.8. In  the  event  of  exercising  Options  or  settlement  of  RSUs  allocated  through  a  Trustee  during  the  Restriction  Period,  the  Exercise  Shares  or  Shares
resulting from such exercise or settlement shall be allocated to the name of the Trustee (and registered to the name of the nominee company) and held by
it  for  the  benefit  of  the  Eligible  Participant.  If  such  Option  or  RSU  is  exercised  or  settled,  as  applicable,  after  the  end  of  the  Restriction  Period,  the
Eligible Participant may choose whether the Exercise Shares or Shares resulting from such exercise (regarding Option) or settlement of RSUs be: (A)
allocated to the name of the Trustee, or (B) transferred directly to the possession of the Eligible Participant, provided the Participant first complies with
the conditions of the Plan and subject to payment of tax according to the tax course, or (C) sold by the Trustee on behalf of the Participant according to
the arrangements set forth in this Plan.

8.9. Subject  to  the  resolutions  of  the  Board  and  obtaining  confirmations  from  the  tax  authorities,  the  Trustee  shall  be  conferred  all  powers  according  to
Section 102 of the Ordinance and all other powers agreed between the Trustee and the Company in the trust agreement executed with the Company.

8.10. The Trustee shall be entitled to take measures it deems fit for purpose of withholding tax at source, as required by applicable law, due to exercise of the

Options and/or vesting or settlement of RSUs or sale of the Exercise Shares or Shares or transfer of the Exercise Shares to the Participant.

8.11. The Company shall provide the Trustee any information that is relevant to the Plan and to Allocations thereunder it requires.

9. Exercise of Options

9.1. Options may be exercised  in accordance  with the conditions by which they were granted, subject to the conditions of the Plan and as set forth in the

Allocation Agreement, while each Option may be exercised into one Share (subject to adjustments).

9.2. The exercise price for each Share shall be the price determined by the Board at its sole discretion, upon granting the Options, and provided the Share
price is not lower than the minimum price for exercising options set forth in the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, at the time the Board
adopts the resolution to grant, or at the time of exercise, and all subject to the provisions of the Compensation Policy with respect to the exercise price of
Options.

6  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.3. Participants wishing to exercise Options, or any part thereof, shall deliver to the Company (with copy to the Trustee (except for in the event of Allocation
without a trustee)) an exercise notice specifying the number of Options it wishes to exercise. The exercise notice shall be delivered together with full
payment  of the exercise  price  multiplied  by the number  of Options the Participate  wishes to exercise,  in cash or any other  way as determined  by the
Company from time to time.

9.4. The exercise notice may be amended or revoked only with the consent of the Company.

9.5. Options not exercised by the end of the exercise period shall immediately expire and not confer to its owner any rights whatsoever.

9.6. If the last date for exercising an Option is not a trading day, the last date shall be deferred to the next trading day immediately following.

9.7. Participants wishing to exercise Options into Exercise Shares as set forth above shall immediately execute, upon the Company’s first request and as a
condition  precedent  for  exercise  of  such  Option,  any  document  it  is  required  to  execute  in  accordance  with  the  Plan,  the  Company’s  articles  of
association  and/or  applicable  law, in order to facilitate  the exercise.  Should the Participant  fail to fully  comply with all  conditions  for exercise  of the
Options, in a manner that is irremediable, than the exercise notice shall be deemed void and the exercise letters and funds attached to the exercise notice
shall be returned to the Participant within two business days of the Company determining the notice is void.

9.8. Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned in this Section 9, Options shall not be exercised on the effective date of distributing bonus
shares, rights offering, distribution of dividends, capital consolidation, capital split or capital reduction (each a “ Corporate Event ”). In addition, should
the X-day of a Corporate Event occur prior to the effective date of a Corporate Event, no conversion shall be made on such X-day. The limitations set
forth in this Section 9.8 shall be in effect only so long as securities of the Company are traded on the Stock Market.

9.9. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 above, and according to the selection of the Eligible Participant as set forth in Subsection 9.9.1
hereunder, if not set forth otherwise by the Board in the specific Allocation Agreement with respect to any of the Participants, the exercise of Options
into  Shares shall  be  carried  out subject  to  receiving  a pre-ruling  from  the  tax authorities  based  on cashless  exercise,  whereby  the  Participants  are  not
required to actually pay the exercise price, except for the par value (as defined hereunder), and the number of Shares actually allocated to the Participant
shall be calculated according to the difference between:

(A) The closing price of the Company’s Shares on the Stock Exchange on the last trading day preceding the exercise date, multiplied by the number of
Shares underlying the Options and with respect to which the exercise notice was provided, and between: (B) the exercise price, multiplied by the number
of Options with respect to which the exercise notice was provided.

Such difference (if positive) shall constitute the value of the benefit to the Participant at the exercise date (“ Benefit Value ”).

Hereunder is the formula for calculating the number of Shares a Participant is entitled to based on cashless exercise:

X
=

Y(A
-
B)
A

When:

X – the number of Shares the Participant is entitled to as result of exercise of the Options.

Y – the number of Options that can be exercised and which the Participant has asked to exercise.

A – the closing price of the Company’s Shares par value NIS 0.1 each (subject to changes in par value in the event of capital consolidation or split) on
the trading day preceding the exercise date.

B – the exercise price of each Option (subject to adjustments).

7  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All  assuming  the  par  value  of  the  Company’s  Shares  on  the  exercise  date  remains  NIS  0.1  (if  not,  the  denominator  of  the  fraction  shall  be  adjusted
accordingly).

9.9.1.It is clarified that using the cashless exercise mechanism shall be subject to the choice of the Participant, as set forth in its written notice to the Company,

whereby the Eligible Participant may choose upon exercise between cashless exercise and ordinary exercise of the Options.

9.9.2.Immediately  after  the  first  trading  day  following  receipt  of  the  exercise  notice,  the  Company  shall  inform  the  Participant  of  the  partial  number  of
Exercise Shares (as defined hereunder) the Participant is entitled to receive and of the par value sum the Participant must pay for such Allocations. On
the first trading day after such notice, and subject to payment of the par value sum by the Participant, the Company shall allocate to the Participant (or to
the  Trustee  on  its  behalf,  as  the  case  may  be)  such  number  of  Exercise  Shares  with  a  market  value  according  to  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s
Shares on the Stock Exchange on the trading day preceding the date of the exercise notice, equal to the Benefit Value, while such number of Exercise
Shares shall be supplemented by an additional number of Exercise Shares for the par value paid by the Participant on each Exercise Share allocated to it
or for it in exercise of the Options according  to this Section (in this Section – number of Exercise  Shares received from the aforementioned  shall be
referred to as the “ partial number of Exercise Shares ” and the sum of the par value for the number of the partial Exercise Shares shall be referred to
as the “ Par Value Sum ”). In any event the Company shall not allocate fractions of Shares and any Share fraction resulting from the aforementioned
calculation or resulting from the provisions of this Section shall be rounded (up or down, as the case may be) to the nearest whole Share.

9.10. Exercise Shares shall not be allocated until delivery to the Company of the exercise price and/or the par value of the Shares, as applicable, as well as all
documents, confirmations and payments required from the Participant as a condition for exercising the Options. The Company shall allocate the Exercise
Shares  for  Options  converted  by  the  Participant  to  the  nominee  company,  on  behalf  of  the  Trustee,  who  shall  hold  them  for  the  Participant,  and  the
Trustee shall act with respect to the Exercise Shares in accordance with the provisions of the trust deed executed with it and the provisions of Section 102
of the Ordinance.

9.11. Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section  9.10  above,  an  Eligible  Participant  wishing  to  exercise  Options,  all  or  part,  and  sell  the  Exercise  Shares
resulting  from  such  exercise,  shall  approach  the  Trustee  (in  the  event  of  Allocation  through  a  Trustee)  with  a  written  request  to  do  so,  in  such  form
determined by the Company and/or the Trustee, which shall include  inter
alia

the number of Options the participant wishes to Exercise. The Trustee
shall deduct from the consideration received from the sale (A) the exercise price, or alternatively the Par Value Sum in the event of cashless exercise in
accordance with Section 9.8 above and shall transfer such amount to the Company; and (B) the amount of tax due under the Income Tax Ordinance and
other mandatory payments (including payments that apply to the Company, if any). The balance remaining after said deductions shall be transferred to
the Eligible Participant, subject to completing all necessary actions and providing all necessary confirmations under applicable law in connection with
such transfer and/or sale. For avoidance of doubt it is hereby clarified that an Eligible Participant shall not be entitled to approach the Trustee with a
request to exercise Options, all or part, and to sale the Exercise Shares resulting from the exercise, as set forth above, should the anticipated consideration
from the sale be lower than the amounts set forth in Subsections (A) and (B) above, and in such event this Section 9.11 shall not apply.

9.12. The Company shall act to allocate Exercise Shares immediately following exercise of Options and shall also act to register them for trade on the Stock
Exchange, in accordance and subject to the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange. In accordance with the guidelines of the Stock Exchange the
Company shall register the Exercise Shares resulting from exercise of the Options under this Plan to the name of a nominee company.

9.13. Until lawful allocation of the Exercise Shares the Participant shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or any other right conferred to shareholders

in respect of such Shares.

9.14. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.15 hereunder with respect to providing power of attorney to vote for the Exercise Shares, following exercise of
Options into the Exercise Shares and until the rights in the Exercise Shares are registered to the name of the Participant in the Company’s shareholders’
registry, the Participant shall not be conferred any rights that are attached to the Exercise Shares.

8  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.15. So long as the Exercise Shares are held by the Trustee, the Trustee shall be deemed the owner of the Exercise Shares towards the Company and towards
any third parties, including and without derogating from the aforementioned for purpose of receiving notices from the Company. Notwithstanding the
aforementioned, the Trustee shall not personally have the voting rights attached to the Exercise Shares however it shall be entitled, subject to receiving
suitable written request from a Participant, grant such Participant power of attorney to vote the Exercise Shares it is entitled to and which are held by the
Trustee at the Company’s general assembly.

9.16. Subject to the provisions of law and/or agreement, the Company shall have preemptive rights to purchase any Exercise Shares resulting from exercise of
Options by Participants having been allocated Options under this Plan, and this in the event of sale of the Exercise Shares by the Participant outside of
trade  on  the  Stock  Exchange.  Such  preemptive  rights  shall  apply  for  a  period  of  7  business  days  from  the  date  the  Participant  provided  notice  to  the
Company and/or to the Trustee, as the case may be, with respect to its intentions to transfer and/or sell the Exercise Shares in its possession to a third
party, including the identity of the third party and the terms of the sale (in this Section 9.16: the “ Participant’s Notice ”). Should the Company decide to
exercise its preemptive rights, such preemptive rights shall be exercised on the same terms specified in the Participant’s Notice. Should the Company fail
to respond to the Participant within 7 business days as of the date of the Participant’s Notice, the Participant shall be entitled to sell the Exercise Shares to
the  third  party  on  terms  specified  in  the  Participant’s  Notice  and  subject  to  complying  with  all  its  obligations  under  this  Plan  and/or  the  Allocation
Agreement.

  10. Termination of Employment / Engagement as Service Provider (Awards Cancellation / Expiration)

10.1. Validity of termination; exercise following termination. Unless set forth otherwise in the relevant Allocation Agreement:

(A) In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliated Company is terminated, or it ceases providing services for any reason (save
for instances specified in Subsections (B) and (C) hereunder, to which the provisions therein shall apply), Options vested prior to the date of termination
may be exercised, as applicable, within the earlier of six months from the date of termination of employment or the lapse of the Options period. RSUs
that vested prior to termination or ceasing to provide services shall be settled as provided under the Allocation Agreement.  Options and RSUs unvested
upon termination of employment shall expire and be void.

(B) In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated “for cause” – Options shall not be exercised, and no RSUs shall be settled,
whether or not vested, and the Options and/or RSUs shall expire upon termination of employment. In this Plan, termination “ for cause ” means any of
these: (1) committing an offence (by act or omission) causing damage to the Company or a flagrant offence; (2) breach of fiduciary duty or duty of care
towards the Company by a Participant who is an officer; breach of confidentiality or non-compete undertakings towards the Company, or breach of any
other material undertaking towards the Company; (4) termination of work due to the Participant’s conviction for committing a crime, fraud,  Mala
in
Se
 conduct, and offences of comparable severity and/or conviction for any other flagrant offence.

(C) In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated due to loss of working capacity or death, Options vested prior to termination
can be exercised until the earlier of: twelve (12) months from termination or the end of the Option exercise period. RSUs shall vest and settle as provided
under the Allocation Agreement.

For  avoidance  of  doubt  it  is  clarified  that  vesting  shall  cease  upon  termination  of  employment,  including  during  the  6  month  period  set  forth  in
Subsection (A) above or during the 12 months set forth in Subsection (C) above.

10.2. Date of employment termination.  Unless set forth otherwise in the relevant Allocation Agreement, for purpose of the Plan the “ date of employment
termination ” (for any reason) shall be the date the Participant no longer receives wages from the Company, including the advanced notice period.

10.3. Unpaid leave.  Unless the Board instructs otherwise and subject to applicable law, vesting of Allocations allocated under this Plan shall be suspended

during any kind of unpaid leave.

10.4. Application to non-employee service providers.  The provisions of this Section 10 shall apply   mutatis
mutandis
 to non-employee service provider
Participants  (consultants,  contractors,  non-employee  officers,  etc.)  upon  termination  of  their  engagement  with  the  Company,  and  in  such  case  any
reference  in  this  Section  10  to  the  date  of  employment  termination  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  earlier  of  date  of  providing  notice  with  respect  to
termination of the engagement or the date the engagement is actually terminated.

9  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5. Status change.  Each of the following events shall not be deemed termination of employment or termination of engagement between the Participant and
the Company or an Affiliated Company: (A) absence approved by the Company; (B) transfer from employment by the Company to employment by an
Affiliated Company or vice versa; transfer from employment by an Affiliated Company to employment by another Affiliated Company; (C) change of
status  (employee  changing  to  director,  employee  changing  to  service  provider  etc.),  provided  the  change  does  not  affect  the  special  conditions  of  the
Allocation related to same service provider or employee.

10.6. The provisions of this Plan and the Option agreement and/or grant of RSUs with or to any Participant shall not be construed as an undertaking and/or
consent on behalf of the Company and/or Affiliated Company to continue employing the Participant or continue engaging with the Participant as service
provider, and the provisions of the agreement and/or the Plan shall not be construed as to confer to the participant any right to continue being employed
by the Company and/or Affiliated Companies or to continue providing services to the Company and/or Affiliated Companies, or as limiting the right of
the Company and/or Affiliated Company to terminate the employment of and/or engagement with the Participant at any time.

10.7. Expiration due to delisting.  In the event the Company’s Shares are delisted for any reason, within 90 days from the date of delisting the Participant
shall be entitled to exercise all the Options vested until the lapse of such 90-day period. After such date all Options and/or RSUs, whether or not vested
until  such  date,  shall  expire.  During  said  90-day  period  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  Shares  for  purpose  of  calculating  the  cashless  exercise
mechanism described in Section 9.8 shall be deemed the last known price of the Company’s Shares on the Stock Exchange prior to delisting.

11. Adjustments

Upon occurrence of the events set forth hereunder during the period between the date of allocating Awards to a Participant under this Plan and between the
date of exercise, adjustments shall be made to the Participant’s rights as follow:

11.1. Technical adjustments to the Company’s equity.  In the event the number of Shares in the Company changes as result of a split, consolidation etc., the
number  of  Shares  resulting  from  exercise  of  any  Option  shall  be  adjusted  proportionally  (without  change  in  the  exercise  price).  The  manner  of
adjustment in such event shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final and binding. Except where explicitly set forth otherwise,
allocation of any class of shares shall not cause adjustment of the exercise price or number of Shares resulting from exercise.

11.2. Dividends.  In the event of distributing dividends in cash or in kind by the Company to all its shareholders (including distribution approved by court in
accordance  with  Section  303  of  the  Companies  Law,  or  any  other  applicable  clause),  while  the  effective  date  for  eligibility  to  receive  dividends
(hereinafter  – the “ Effective Date ”)  occurs  after  the  allocation  date  but  prior  to  the  exercise  date,  the  exercise  price  of  every  Option  that  would  be
granted  and  not  yet  exercised  into  Shares  of  the  Company  on  the  Effective  Date  shall  be  reduced  in  the  amount  of  the  gross  dividends  per  Share
distributed by the Company (or the value of the dividends in case of distribution in kind), however in any event the exercise price shall not be lower than
the par value of the Company’s Shares. Save for adjustment to the exercise price as set forth in this Section, distribution of dividends by the Company (in
cash  and/or  in  kind)  shall  not  affect  the  number  of  Exercise  Shares  and  not  require  the  Company  to  perform  any  adjustment  in  connection  with  the
Options and/or RSUs and/or Exercise Shares. Such adjustment shall be subject to the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange in effect from time to
time.

11.3. Bonus shares.  In the event bonus shares are distributed, the number of Options and/or RSUs granted but not yet exercised or settled, as applicable, shall
be adjusted,  whereby the number  of Shares the  Option and/or  RSU holder  shall be entitled  to as result  of exercising  the Options or settlement  of the
RSUs, as applicable, shall increase or decrease proportionally by such number of Shares of the same class the Participant would be entitled to as bonus
shares had it exercised the Options held by it, and/or had the RSUs settled. It is clarified that so long as the Company’s securities are traded on the Tel
Aviv Stock Exchange this method of adjustment shall not be altered.

10  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.4. Rights issue.  In the event, prior to exercising Options and/or settlement of RSUs, the Company offers securities to its ordinary shareholders by way of
rights, than with respect to Options and/or RSUs not yet exercised or vested, as applicable, until the effective date for purpose of the rights issue, there
shall be no adjustment to the exercise price of the Options and/or number of RSUs vested, rather the number of Shares resulting from exercise of each
Option not yet exercised and/or vesting of such RSUs not yet settled on the eligibility date for participating in the rights issue – shall be adjusted to the
benefit component of the rights, as expressed by the difference between the Share price on the Stock Exchange on the last day of trade before the X-day
and between the base price of the Shares prior to the rights issue (the aforementioned calculation shall be made in accordance with the guidelines of the
Stock Exchange, as amended from time to time). Such adjustment shall be subject to the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange as in effect from
time to time.

11.5. Mergers  and  acquisitions.    In  the  event  of  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  with  or  into  another  company,  when  the  other  company  is  the
surviving entity, or when the Company is the surviving entity but at least 50% of the existing voting rights in the Company changed due to the merger; or
in the event all or an absolute majority of the Company’s Shares are purchased by a third party; or sale of all or an absolute majority of the Company’s
assets (hereinafter: “ Transaction ”), all Options and/or RSUs shall be adopted or expire and exchanged automatically by alternate Allocations of the
surviving entity.

In  such  event,  the  number  of  alternate  Options  and/or  RSUs  as  set  forth  above  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  mechanism  set  forth  in  the  merger
transaction for exchanging the Company’s Shares into shares of the surviving entity. Alternately, the Company’s Board shall be entitled to determine, at
its sole discretion, a different alternate consideration for the Options and/or RSUs, as close as possible to the exchange mechanism that applies to the
shareholders of the Company so not to materially prejudice the financial equality of the Options and/or RSUs held by Participants immediately prior to
the merger. All other provisions of this Plan, including with respect to vesting and exercise of Options and/or RSUs, as applicable, shall apply to the
alternate options and/or RSUs, or their consideration,  mutatis
mutandis
.

In  the  event  the  surviving  entity  refuses  to  adopt  or  exchange  the  Options  or  RSUs,  the  Company’s  Board  shall  be  entitled  to  determine,  at  its  sole
discretion, the treatment of unexercised and/or unvested Awards, or Awards still subject to limitations at the time of the Transaction, which may include
one or more of the following possibilities: (A) acceleration of the vesting dates of all or part of the Awards to a date that is at least two days before the
date  of  completing  the  Transaction,  provided  the  exercise  and/or  vesting  of  Awards  that  would  not  have  been  exercisable  had  it  not  been  for  the
Transaction  shall  be  contingent  upon  the  actual  completion  of  the  Transaction,  unless  determined  otherwise  by  the  Board;  (B)  all,  part  or  a  certain
category of Awards be cancelled and expire at the date of completing the Transaction in practice, while holders of Awards shall receive in consideration
the value of the cancelled Awards (if any) in cash, shares, securities or other assets, or any combination thereof, on terms determined by the Board in its
sole discretion (that may be based on the share price received or that should be received by the other shareholders of the Company in such event); and/or
(C)  all,  part  or  a  certain  category  of  Awards,  not  yet  vested,  still  subject  to  limitations  and/or  unexercised,  be  cancelled  and  expire  at  the  date  of
completing the Transaction in practice, without any consideration to their holders.

In the event a Transaction is completed, and the Board determines in good faith that certain Shares have no pecuniary value and therefore do not confer
upon their owners any consideration in the framework of the Transaction, the Board shall be entitled to determine that relevant Options expire upon the
Transaction date.

11.6. Authority of the Board to make adjustments.  The authority of the Board to interpret, determine, decide on making adjustments, shall be construed in
a manner granting the Board the broadest possible authority, in order to grant the Board flexibility in interpreting and implementing the provisions of the
Plan in the event of transactions of the Company or its shareholders, even without the explicit written consent of the Participants, whereby Allocation of
Awards  under  this  Plan  shall  in  no  way  present  an  obstacle  to  completing  a  Transaction,  and  in  such  manner  that  allows  the  Company’s  Board  to
implement the Allocation of Awards and provide for their exercise and/or settlement in the event of amendment to the bylaws of the Stock Exchange or
applicable law. The Board shall act in good faith so that Participants’ rights are not unfairly prejudiced as result of such decisions.

11.7. Cancelled.

11  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.8. Share fractions.  For avoidance of doubt, in the event of any change as set forth above in this Section 11, Participants shall not be entitled to exercise
Options into Share fractions and the number of Shares each Participant is entitled to upon exercise of Options under the Plan shall be rounded (up or
down, as applicable) to the nearest whole number.

12. Vesting of Awards

12.1. Subject to provisions pertaining to the Restriction Period and all other provisions of the Plan, unless set forth otherwise by the Board with respect to a
certain Participant, as determined in the relevant Allocation agreement, each Option and/or RSU shall vest in accordance with vesting schedule set forth
in Section 12.2 hereunder.

12.2. Options and RSUs shall vest in accordance with the following schedule, unless the Allocation Agreement specifies a different vesting schedule, in which

case the provisions of the Allocation Agreement shall take precedent:

12.2.1.The first portion of the Options and/or RSUs, constituting one third (1/3) of the number of Options and/or RSUs allocated to the Participant shall

vest (and that portion of Options can first be exercised) beginning on the date that is 12 months from the actual allocation date;

12.2.2.The second portion of the Options and/or RSUs, constituting one third (1/3) of the number of Options and/or RSUs allocated to the Participant
shall vest on a quarterly basis following the lapse of 12 months from the actual allocation date, in four equal parts, whereby at the end of each
quarter  (3-month  period)  1/12  of  the  Options  and/or  RSUs  allocated  to  the  Participant  shall  vest  (and  every  such  portion  of  Options  first  be
exercisable).

12.2.3.The third portion of the Options and/or RSUs, constituting one third (1/3) of the number of Options and/or RSUs allocated to the Participant shall
vest on a quarterly basis following the lapse of 24 months from the actual allocation date, in four equal parts, whereby at the end of each quarter (3-
month period) 1/12 of the Options and/or RSUs allocated to the Participant shall vest (and every such portion of Options shall first be exercisable).

12.3. Acceleration of the vesting period

12.3.1.In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated, due to or incidentally to: (i) change of control in the Company, or (ii)
merger of the Company resulting in a change of control in the Company, or (iii) reorganization that is defined by the Company’s Board as an event
accelerating  the  vesting  period,  than  the  vesting  period  of  the  next  portion  of  such  participant’s  Options  and/or  RSUs  shall  accelerate  and    the
Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Options in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 above. For example, in the event of termination
of a Participant’s employment with the Company for the reasons mentioned above during the second year after Allocation, vesting of the second
portion of Options and/or RSUs shall accelerate while such Participant’s third portion shall expire.  RSUs shall continue to settle pursuant to the
terms of the Allocation Agreement.

12.3.2.The Compensation Committee and the Board shall be entitled, at any time and at its sole discretion, to determine additional provisions regarding
acceleration of the vesting period with respect to the grants or part of them, or with respect to removing limitations pertaining to exercise, and all
subject to applicable law.

12.4. Options shall not be exercisable after the end of the Expiration Period, as defined in Section 13.1 hereunder.

13. The Exercise Period of Options

13.1. Unless the Board determined otherwise, Participants shall be entitled to exercise each portion of vested Options into the Company’s Shares, beginning on
the vesting date of each portion and until the lapse of four (4) years from the vesting date of such portion as set forth above (hereinafter with respect to
vested Options: the “ Exercise Period ” and the “ Expiration Period ”, respectively), except if the Options or part of them expired prior to the end of the
Exercise Period and all in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 above. All Options granted to Participants and not exercised into the Company’s
Shares by the end of the Exercise Period shall expire and cease to be exercisable under this Plan and all the rights of such Participants with respect to
such Options shall be void.

12  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.2. Options may be exercised by Participants at any time, in full or in part, from time to time, provided the vesting date has been reached and provided the
vesting conditions set forth in the grant agreement have been fulfilled, and before the lapse of the Exercise Period, as set forth above. Unless set forth
otherwise  in  the  grant  agreement  of  the  Options,  a  condition  for  vesting  each  portion  of  Options  is  that  the  vesting  date  preceded  termination  of  the
employment relations (or engagement), as defined in Section 10.2 above.

14. Non-transferability

14.1. So  long  as  the  Trustee  holds  the  Options  and/or  RSUs  and/or  Exercise  Shares  or  Shares  for  the  benefit  of  the  Eligible  Participant,  the  rights  of  such
Participant in the Options and/or RSUs and/or Shares shall be personal rights that shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged, attached and/or given rights
therein to any third party except by inheritance or operation of law. Any such action, direct or indirect, with immediate or prospective affect, shall be
void.

14.2. Shares  that  are  not  fully  paid  up  or  settled  may  not  be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged  and/or  attached  except  by  inheritance  or  operation  of  law.  For
avoidance of doubt, the aforementioned shall not limit transfer of the Participant’s rights with respect to Options or Shares that can be purchased pursuant
to exercise following the death of the Participant to its estate or its heirs by will or operation of law, which such rights shall be determined in accordance
with Section 10.1 above, or as determined by the Board.

  15. Additional Provisions on Restricted Share Units

15.1. Unless  otherwise  provided  for  in  an  Allocation  Agreement  or  any  applicable  sub-plan  to  this  Plan,  delivery  of  Shares  upon  settlement  of  RSUs  shall
occur  as  soon  as  administratively  practicable  (e.g.,  following  the  close  of  the  quarter  or  year  in  which  the  vesting  period  is  completed),  as  shall  be
determined by the Board.

15.2. Until  lawful  settlement  of  the  RSUs  and  the  allocation  of  Shares,  the  Participant  shall  not  be  entitled  to  vote  or  receive  dividends  or  any  other  right

conferred to shareholders in respect of such Shares.

15.3. Subject to Section 15.3, following settlement of RSUs by delivering the Shares to the participant and registering the Shares in the name of the Participant

in the Company’s shareholders’ registry, the Participant shall not be conferred any rights that are attached to the Shares subject to an RSU.

15.4. So long as the Shares delivered upon settlement of the RSUs are held by the Trustee, the Trustee shall be deemed the owner of the Shares towards the
Company and towards any third parties, including and without derogating from the aforementioned for purpose of receiving notices from the Company.
Notwithstanding the aforementioned, the Trustee shall not personally have the voting rights attached to the Shares however it shall be entitled, subject to
receiving suitable written request from a Participant, grant such Participant power of attorney to vote the Shares it is entitled to and which are held by the
Trustee at the Company’s general assembly.

15.5. The Plan Administrator is authorized to make awards of RSUs, whether qualify under Section 102 of the Ordinance, or non-qualified under Section 422
of  the  Code,  or  under  Section  3(i)  of  the  Ordinance,  to  any  employee  or  consultant  (as  applicable)  in  such  amounts  and  subject  to  such  terms  and
conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate. On the settlement date of a RSU, unless otherwise noted in the Allocation Agreement, the
Company  shall  transfer  to  the  Participant  one  fully  paid  and  non-assessable  Shares  for  each  RSU  scheduled  to  be  paid  out  on  such  date  and  not
previously forfeited. RSUs shall settle following vesting and any other provisions, all as shall be provided in the Allocation Agreement. 

(i)

(ii)

All Awards of RSUs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Allocation Agreement and will comply with and be subject to the
terms and conditions of this Plan.

RSUs  shall  be  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Plan  Administrator  may  impose.  These  terms  and  conditions  may  include
restrictions based upon completion of a specific period of service with the Company or an Affiliated Company as set out in advance in the
Participant's individual Allocation Agreement.

13  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.6. RSUs shall be evidenced by the terms of the Allocation Agreements. Such agreement shall conform to the requirements of this Plan and may contain

such other provisions, as the Board or the Compensation Committee (as applicable) shall deem advisable.

16. Period of the Plan

16.1. This Plan shall be in effect for a period of ten (10) years from its approval by the Company’s Board, unless the Company’s Board decides on earlier
terminate. For avoidance of doubt it is clarified that no Options and/or RSUs shall be allocated under this Plan during the period later than 10 years from
the date this Plan was approved by the Company’s Board, however the provisions of the Plan shall continue to apply to Options and/or RSUs allocated
under the Plan (even if the 10-year period from the date of approval has lapsed) until the end of the Expiration Period of the Options and/or RSUs in
accordance with the Allocation Agreement.

16.2. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan, the Board is entitled, at any time, to change, suspend or cancel, retroactively or otherwise, the entire Plan or a
part thereof (including any change meant to ensure the Company is in compliance with the provisions of law), provided that save for amending copying
errors, amendment deriving from the requirements of applicable law or as explicitly set forth in the Plan, the rights of Participants with respect to Awards
granted to them prior to the change, suspension or cancellation shall not be prejudiced without the consent of such Participants. The Board is entitled to
change  the  terms  of  Awards  granted  to  Participants,  in  retroactively  or  prospectively,  provided  that  save  for  amending  copying  errors,  amendment
deriving from law, applicable accounting principles or as explicitly set forth in the Plan, the rights of Participants with respect to Awards granted to them
prior to the change shall not be prejudiced without the consent of such Participants.

16.3. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan, the Board is entitled to perform the following actions: (A) increase the number of Shares that may be issued
according to the Plan; (B) extend the validity of the Plan; (C) materially  expand eligibility to participate  in the Plan; (D) expand the class of Awards
and/or benefits provided in the framework of the Plan.

17. Tax Consequences

17.1. The Participants shall be solely liable for any tax consequences deriving from Allocation of Options and/or RSUs and/or Shares in the framework of this
Plan, vesting of any Award, exercise of any Option and/or settlement of any RSUs, sale or transfer of Shares or from any other event or activity (of the
Company and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or the Trustee and/or the Participant) related to Awards of Options and/or RSUs or to Shares allocated
under this Plan. The Company and/or its Affiliated  Companies and/or the Trustee shall deduct tax as required by the Income Tax Ordinance and any
applicable  laws,  regulations  and  rules.  The  Participants  agree  to  indemnify  the  Company  and/or  its  Affiliated  Companies  and/or  the  Trustee,  and  to
release them from any liability for payment of any tax, fine or interest, including, and without limiting the generality of the aforementioned, any expense
or payment related to the obligation to withhold tax at source from any payment made to the Participants or for any act related to Allocation, vesting,
exercise, settlement, sale or transfer of Shares and/or Options and/or RSUs.

17.2. The Company or any Affiliated Company and the Trustee may determine conditions and take any action that according to their discretion is necessary or
fit for purpose of deducting the tax that must be deducted in accordance with applicable law with respect to Allocations made under the Plan, as well as
with  respect  to  vesting,  exercise,  sale,  transfer  of  any  Award  and/or  Option  and/or  RSUs  and/or  Share,  including,  and  without  derogating  from  the
generality of the aforementioned: (A) deducting the amount necessary from any other amount that must be paid now or in the future to any Participant,
including  by  deducting  the  necessary  amount  from  the  salary  of  the  Participant  or  from  other  amounts  it  is  entitled  to,  up  to  the  maximum  amount
permitted by law, and/or (B) requiring Participants to pay to the Company or Affiliated Company the amount that must be deducted as a condition for
allocation, delivery and/or release of the Shares, and/or (C) cause the exercise of Options and/or settlement of RSUs and/or sell the Shares held by or on
behalf  of  Participants  in  order  to  pay  such  liability.  In  addition,  Participants  shall  be  required  to  pay  any  amount  that  exceeds  the  tax  deducted  and
transferred to the tax authorities, subject to applicable law.

17.3. With  respect  to  Allocation  without  a  Trustee,  in  the  event  any  Eligible  Participant  ceases  being  an  employee  or  officer  of  the  Company  or  of  any
Affiliated Company, the Eligible Participant shall provide to the Company and/or such Affiliated Company collateral or surety to the satisfaction of the
Company, for payment of the tax required upon sale of the Shares, all subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance and the
Rules.

14  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.4. The aforementioned does not purport to be an authorized interpretation of the provisions of law mentioned above, nor does it purport to be an
exhausting description of all provisions of law pertaining to the taxes that may apply in connection with the Awards allocated to Participants,
and does not substitute legal and professional consultation in such regard. Each Participant is urged to consult with a tax advisor with respect to
the tax consequences deriving from receipt and/or exercise of any Award under this Plan.

18. Compliance with the Law

Shares shall not be issued pursuant to exercise of Options and/or settlement of RSUs or in connection with other Award, unless the exercise of the Options
and/or  settlement  of  RSUs  or  grant  of  Award,  and  the  issuance  of  Shares  were  carried  out  in  accordance  with  the  provision  of  applicable  law,  including
securities law and the professional guidelines of the Stock Exchange.

19. General Provisions

19.1. Adoption  of  the  Plan  by  the  Board  shall  not  be  construed  as  limiting  authority  of  the  Board  to  adopt  other  incentive  arrangements  as  it  deems  fit,
including granting additional Options and/or RSUs and/or Shares and/or other securities not under the Plan, and such arrangement may apply in general
or in certain instances.

19.2. The terms of each Award, granted under the Plan, may be different than other Awards simultaneously granted under the Plan. The Company’s Board is
entitled to grant more than one Option or one RSU to any Participant during the period of the Plan, whether in addition or substitution of one or more
other Options or RSUs granted to such Participant.

19.3. Any income or profit attributed (or purported to be attributed) to any Participant for Options or RSUs or Shares under this Plan, shall not be deemed part
of such Participant’s salary for all intents and purposes (except for purpose of deducting tax and other mandatory deductions) and shall not be taken into
account  while  calculating  the  basis  for  the  Participants  entitlement  towards  the  Company  to  receive  any  social  benefits  (including,  severance,  social
allocations, pension, etc.) or other rights or benefits deriving from the employment relationship.

20. Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

The laws of the State of Israel shall apply to the Plan and any document issued now or in the future in connection with or in the framework of the Plan.

****************************************

15

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Company Name Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Nano Dimension Technologies Ltd.

Nano Dimension IP Ltd.

Nano Dimension (HK) Limited

Nano Dimension USA Inc.

Exhibit 8.1

Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Israel

Israel

Hong Kong

Delaware

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 12.1

I, Amit Dror, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20–F of Nano Dimension Ltd.;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s
auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2019

/s/ Amit Dror
Amit Dror
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 12.2

I, Yael Sandler, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20–F of Nano Dimension Ltd.;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability  of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s
auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2019

/s/ Yael Sandler
Yael Sandler
Chief Financial Officer

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Exhibit 13.1

In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2018 (the “Report”) by Nano Dimension Ltd. (the

“Company”), the undersigned, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, to my knowledge:

(1)          the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)          the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 14, 2019

/s/ Amit Dror
Amit Dror
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Exhibit 13.2

In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2018 (the “Report”) by Nano Dimension Ltd. (the

"Company"), the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, to my knowledge:

(1)          the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)          the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 14, 2019

/s/ Yael Sandler
Yael Sandler
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 15.1

The Board of Directors

Nano Dimension Ltd.:

We consent to the incorporation by  reference  in  the  registration  statement  (No.  333-217173)  on  Form  F-3,  and  the  registration  statement  (No.  333-214520)  on
Form S-8, of Nano Dimension Ltd. of our report dated March 13, 2019, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of Nano Dimension Ltd.
and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018 and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in
equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, which report appears in the December 31, 2018 annual report on
Form 20-F of Nano Dimension Ltd.

Our report dated March 13, 2019 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that Nano Dimension Ltd. has a lack of sufficient resources that raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.

Our report refers to a change in the functional and presentation currency from NIS to U.S. dollars as of January 1, 2018.

/s/ Somekh Chaikin
Certified Public Accountants (Israel)
A member firm of KPMG International

Tel Aviv, Israel
March 14, 2019